Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Devices / Globus Medical

Globus Medical

gmed · NYSE Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker gmed
Exchange NYSE
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Devices
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2015 Annual Report · Globus Medical
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Table of Contents

(Mark One)

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
_________________________
FORM 10-K

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015 

or

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from ______________ to _______________

Commission File No. 001-35621

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

DELAWARE
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

04-3744954
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

2560 General Armistead Avenue, Audubon, PA
(Address of principal executive offices)

19403
(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including Area Code:
(610) 930-1800

  Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
Class A Common Stock, par value $.001 per share

Name of each exchange on which registered
New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act:

Yes   

No   

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the 
Act:

Yes   

No   

Table of Contents

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of 
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was 
required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days:

Yes   

No   

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, 
every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of 
this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and 
post such files):

Yes   

No   

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405) is not 
contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information 
statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K:

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, 
or a smaller reporting company.  See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting 
company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  (check one):

Large accelerated filer 

Accelerated filer 

Non-accelerated filer 
(Do not check if a smaller 
reporting company)

Smaller reporting company 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act):

 Yes 

  No 

The  aggregate market value  of the  voting and  non-voting  common equity held by non-affiliates of  the registrant, 
computed by reference to the closing sales price for the registrant’s common stock on the last business day of the 
registrant’s most recently completed second quarter, June 30, 2015, as reported on the New York Stock Exchange, was 
approximately $1.8 billion.

The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s common stock (par value $0.001 per share) as of February 19, 
2016 was 95,373,243 shares.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions  of  our  Proxy  Statement  for  our  2016 Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders,  to  be  filed  within  120  days  of 
December 31, 2015, are incorporated by reference in Part III, Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 herein of this Annual Report.  
Such Proxy Statement, except for the parts therein which have been specifically incorporated by reference, shall not 
be deemed “filed” for the purposes of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Table of Contents

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I
Business

Item 1.
Item 1A. Risk Factors
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Properties
Legal Proceedings

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer

Purchases of Equity Securities

Item 6.
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of

Selected Financial Data

Operations

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Item 8.
Item 9.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial

Disclosure
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Item 9B. Other Information

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Item 11.
Item 12.

Executive Compensation
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related

Stockholder Matters

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Item 14.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Item 15

PART IV
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

SIGNATURES

3

Page

4
17
44
44
44
46

47
48

50
68
70

108
108
109

110
110

110
110
110

111

115

Table of Contents

PART I
CAUTIONARY NOTE CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the 
Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended 
(the “Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange 
Act”).  All statements other than statements of historical fact are forward-looking statements.  We have tried 
to identify forward-looking statements by using words such as “believe,” “may,” “might,” “could,” “will,” 
“aim,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “expect,” “plan” and similar words.  These forward-
looking statements are based on our current assumptions, expectations and estimates of future events and 
trends.  Forward-looking statements are only predictions and are subject to many risks, uncertainties and 
other factors that may affect our businesses and operations and could cause actual results to differ materially 
from those predicted.  These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, factors affecting our 
quarterly results, our ability to manage our growth, our ability to sustain our profitability, demand for our 
products, our ability to compete successfully (including without limitation our ability to convince surgeons 
to use our products and our ability to attract and retain sales and other personnel), our ability to rapidly 
develop and introduce new products, our ability to develop and execute on successful business strategies, 
our ability to comply with changes and applicable laws and regulations that are applicable to our businesses, 
our ability to safeguard our intellectual property, our success in defending legal proceedings brought against 
us, trends in the medical device industry, general economic conditions, and other risks set forth throughout 
this  Annual  Report,  including  under  “Item  1,  Business,”  “Item  1A,  Risk  Factors,”  and  “Item  7, 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and those 
discussed in other documents we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).  Moreover, 
we operate in an evolving environment.  New risk factors and uncertainties emerge from time to time and it 
is not possible for us to predict all risk factors and uncertainties, nor can we assess the impact of all factors 
on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ 
materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements.

Given these risks and uncertainties, readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-
looking statements.  Forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report speak only as of the date 
of this Annual Report.  We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements as a result of 
new information, events or circumstances or other factors arising or coming to our attention after the date 
hereof.

Item 1. Business

Overview

Globus  Medical,  Inc.  (“Globus,”  “we,”  “us”  or  “our”)  is  a  medical  device  company  focused  on 
developing  products  that  promote  healing  in  patients  with  musculoskeletal  disorders.   We  are  currently 
focused on products to treat patients with spine disorders.  We have also recently begun to develop a robotic 
surgical navigation device and products to treat patients who have experienced orthopedic traumas, although 
those development efforts are still ongoing and we currently have no robotic or orthopedic trauma products 
that are cleared by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) for sale.  We are an engineering-driven 
company with a history of rapidly developing and commercializing advanced and innovative products and 
procedures that assist surgeons in effectively treating their patients.  Since our inception in 2003, we have 
launched over 150 products and offer a comprehensive portfolio of innovative and differentiated products 
addressing a broad array of spinal pathologies, anatomies and surgical approaches.  We continue to devote 
significant efforts to the development of new and innovative technologies for the treatment of patients with 
spine disorders.  In 2015, those efforts resulted in the launch of fourteen new products.

4

Table of Contents

All  of  our  current  products  fall  into  one  of  two  categories:  Innovative  Fusion  or  Disruptive 
Technologies.  Our Innovative Fusion products comprise fusion products to treat a wide variety of spinal 
disorders for the entire spine and can be used in a variety of surgical approaches.  We believe our Innovative 
Fusion products have features and characteristics that may provide advantages for surgeons and potentially 
contribute to better outcomes for patients as compared to competing traditional fusion products.

We define Disruptive Technologies as those that represent a significant shift in the treatment of spinal 
disorders by allowing for novel surgical procedures, improvements to existing surgical procedures and the 
treatment of spinal disorders earlier in the continuum of care.  We believe the use of Disruptive Technologies 
may improve patient outcomes and reduce costs given the expected lower morbidity rates, shorter patient 
recovery  times  and  shorter  hospital  stays  associated  with  these  procedures.    Additionally,  Disruptive 
Technologies may help a patient avoid progression of spinal disc disease sometimes caused by traditional 
surgical options such as spinal fusion.  Our current portfolio of approved and pipeline Disruptive Technology 
products includes products that allow for minimally invasive surgical (“MIS”) techniques, as well as new 
treatment alternatives, including motion preservation technologies, such as dynamic stabilization, total disc 
replacement and interspinous process spacer products, and regenerative biologics technologies, as well as 
interventional pain management solutions, including treatments for vertebral compression fractures.

While  we  group  our  products  into  two  categories,  we  do  not  limit  our  products  to  a  particular 
technology, platform or surgical approach.  Our goal, instead, is to offer spine surgeons a complete suite of 
products they can use to most effectively treat their patients, based on the patient’s particular anatomy and 
condition and the surgeon’s particular training and surgical preference.

Strategy

Our goal is to become the leader in providing innovative solutions across the continuum of care in 

the spine market.  To achieve this goal, we are employing the following business strategies:

•  Leverage  our  integrated  product  development  engine.   We  plan  to  continue  developing  both 
Innovative Fusion products and Disruptive Technology products using our product development 
engine.  We believe our team-oriented approach, active surgeon input and demonstrated product 
development  capabilities  position  us  to  maintain  a  rapid  rate  of  new  product  launches.    We 
launched fourteen new products in 2015, have over 30 potential new products in various stages 
of development, and expect to launch approximately five to ten new products in each of the next 
three years.

• 

Increase the size, scope and productivity of our exclusive U.S. sales force.  We believe there is 
significant opportunity for us to further penetrate existing markets and to enter new markets by 
increasing the size and geographic scope of our exclusive U.S. sales force.  We expect to continue 
to increase the number of our direct and distributor sales representatives in the United States to 
expand into new geographic territories and to deepen our penetration in existing territories.  We 
will also continue to provide our sales representatives with specialized development programs 
designed to improve their productivity.

•  Continue to expand into international markets.  As of December 31, 2015, we had an existing 
direct or distributor sales presence in 34 countries outside the United States.  We expect to continue 
to increase our international presence through the commercialization of additional products and 
through the expansion of our international sales force.

5

Table of Contents

•  Pursue strategic acquisitions and alliances.  We intend to selectively pursue acquisitions and 
alliances in the future that will provide us with new or complementary technologies, personnel 
with significant relevant experience, or increased market penetration.  We are currently evaluating 
a number of possible acquisitions or strategic relationships and believe that our resources and 
experience make us an attractive acquirer or partner.

The Spine Market

Spine disorders are a leading driver of healthcare costs worldwide. Spine disorders range in severity 
from mild pain and loss of feeling to extreme pain and paralysis.  These disorders are primarily caused by 
degenerative conditions in the spine, deformity, tumors and trauma.

Treatment alternatives for spine disorders range from non-operative conservative therapies to surgical 
interventions.  Conservative therapies include bed rest, medication and physical therapy.  When conservative 
therapies fail to provide adequate quality of life improvements, surgical interventions may be used to address 
pain.  Surgical treatments for spine disorders can be instrumented, which include the use of implants, or non-
instrumented, which forego the use of any such implants.

We believe the spine market will continue to experience growth as a result of the following market 

influences:

•  Favorable patient demographics.  The number of people between 40 to 80 years old is large and 
growing.  Improvements in healthcare have led to increasing life expectancies worldwide and the 
opportunity to lead more active lifestyles at advanced ages.  These trends are expected to generate 
increased demand for spine surgeries.

• 

Improving technologies leading to increased use in fusion procedures.  Due to the longevity of 
its practice and acceptable clinical outcomes, fusion has become a standard treatment option for 
patients presenting more advanced stages of spine disease.  We expect that the development of 
improved fusion products will continue to contribute to spinal fusion as a leading treatment for 
advanced stages of spine disease.

•  Disruptive Technologies driving earlier interventions and creating an expanded patient base.  
Newer technology products and procedures are gaining increasing acceptance among patients 
and surgeons because they allow for novel surgical procedures, improvements to existing surgical 
procedures, the treatment of spine disorders by new physician specialties, and surgical intervention 
earlier in the continuum of care, all of which can result in better outcomes for patients.  As a 
result, we expect Disruptive Technologies to drive accelerated growth and increase the size of 
the addressable patient population for spine surgery.

•  Continued  growth  of  spine  procedures  worldwide.    While  the  United  States  comprises 
approximately 4% of the worldwide population, we believe that approximately one-half of all 
spine surgeries occur in the United States.  We believe that improvements to the standard of care 
outside of the United States will increase the international demand for spine products.

6

Table of Contents

The Globus Solution 

We currently offer over 150 products for the treatment of spine disorders.

Innovative Fusion Products

The depth of our Innovative Fusion portfolio encompasses treatment modalities from the occiput to 
the sacrum, with novel designs and features that provide key improvements to the standards of care.  We also 
build on proven technologies to continuously upgrade our offerings, including a range of interbody implant 
and surgical approach options.

Our Innovative Fusion products address the entire spine to treat degenerative, deformity, tumor, and 
trauma conditions.  We believe that our products offer features and characteristics that provide advantages 
over traditional fusion products that may help improve surgical techniques and may contribute to better 
outcomes for patients.  For example, in 2013 we introduced a new pedicle screw platform, CREO®.  This 
new system is optionally modular and offers lower profile constructs along with a variety of options to meet 
surgical and patient needs.  CREO® includes a convenient non-threaded locking cap design that eases building 
of thoracolumbar fixation constructs to readily adapt to the patient’s anatomy and condition, for a range of 
clinical applications.  In 2014 and 2015, among several other new products, we launched several additions 
to the CREO® platform including streamlined and intuitive instruments that offer surgeons options for almost 
any situation or preference.

Disruptive Technologies Products

We believe we are well positioned to capitalize on this higher-growth segment of the spine market 
given our multiple existing commercialized products and several products in various stages of development.  
We have a broad, comprehensive product portfolio and pipeline of Disruptive Technologies, including MIS, 
motion preservation, and regenerative biologics technologies, as well as interventional pain management 
solutions.

Our  MIS  products  enable  a  surgeon  to  perform  a  procedure  less  invasively  to  minimize  tissue 
disruption and maximize native anatomy, which may lead to better patient recovery and fewer approach-
related  complications.    For  example,  the  latest  addition  to  our  retractor  platform,  MARS™  3VL,  offers 
unparalleled  adjustability  to  the  positioning  of  radiolucent  blades.    This  slim  and  rigid  retractor  allows 
surgeons to easily modify the anterior or posterior location without having to move the table mounted frame.  
MAGNIFY™ S is the first and only stand alone anterior lumbar interbody fusion (“ALIF”) device that was 
designed to adjust to the patient’s anatomy, potentially sparing endplate damage.  We also offer a variety of 
innovative  fixation  options  including  plates  and  pedicle  screw  systems  designed  for  minimally  invasive 
insertion.

Similarly, other Disruptive Technology products include our motion preservation offerings, such as 
SECURE®-C  and  SECURE®-CR,  which  are  next-generation  cervical  arthroplasty  devices  that  allow 
segmental motion, are semi-constrained, and provide alternatives to fusion in the treatment of degenerative 
conditions.  In 2014, we launched MONUMENT®, an ALIF implant intended to aid in the reduction of a 
grade 1 spondylolisthesis using its built-in, self-locking mechanical reduction feature.

Regenerative biologics products, including bioactive glass-based KINEX® and SIGNIFY™ bone void 
fillers and CONDUCT® ceramic-collagen, are well suited for pelvic/extremity and posterolateral spinal fusion 
procedures.  The SHIELD® and AFFIRM® products allow for the treatment of painful vertebral compression 
fractures.

7

Table of Contents

Product Development and Research

Globus was founded with a goal of leveraging our team’s extensive experience in the spine industry 
to use a distinctive product development process that significantly reduces the length of time between a 
product’s conception and commercialization.  Our product development engine is the name we give to our 
particular approach to product development, which we believe is unique and highly efficient.  We employ 
an  integrated  team  approach  to  product  development  that  involves  collaboration  among  surgeons,  our 
engineers, our dedicated researchers, our highly-skilled machinists, and our regulatory personnel.  We believe 
that utilizing these integrated teams, as well as our extensive in-house facilities, allows us to design, test, 
and obtain timely regulatory clearance and approvals of our products.  We also believe that our product 
development engine enables us to develop products that provide advantages for surgeons and contribute to 
better outcome for patients.

Our product development efforts are supported by our in-house research capabilities.  We believe 
that centralizing and consolidating the critical elements of the product development and commercialization 
process in one facility allows us to bring products from the concept stage to the market rapidly in order to 
respond to surgeon and patient needs.  Research resources include a clinical research group, a mechanical 
testing laboratory, a spinal kinematics laboratory, a tribology laboratory, a cadaveric laboratory, a materials 
characterization laboratory, and a computational laboratory.

The markets in which we operate are subject to rapid technological advancements.  We must constantly 
improve existing products and introduce new products in order to continue to succeed.  Accordingly, we have 
made significant investments in our product development and research capabilities.  For the years ended 
December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, we spent $37.0 million, $31.7 million and $26.9 million, respectively, 
on research and development.

Sales and Marketing

We market and sell our products through our exclusive global sales force.  As of December 31, 2015, 
we had a direct or distributor sales presence in the United States and in 34 countries outside the United States.  
We expect to continue to increase the number of our direct and distributor sales representatives, both in the 
U.S. and internationally, to expand into new geographic territories and to deepen our penetration in existing 
territories.  We believe the expansion of our U.S. and international sales forces provides us with significant 
opportunities for future growth as we continue to penetrate existing geographic markets and enter new ones.

Our sales representatives are present in the operating room during most surgeries in the United States 
and in many, but not all, of the other countries in which our products are sold.  These representatives have 
the responsibility to confirm that all of the items needed in the surgery are sterile when provided or are 
capable of being sterilized at the hospital and are available to the surgeon and surgical staff.  Various sizes 
and quantities of implants are made available to be able to satisfy varying surgical requirements and patient 
anatomy, along with numerous surgical instruments and cases needed to safely perform the surgery and 
implantation.  As products are used in surgeries, replacement items are shipped to our sales representatives 
and hospitals to replenish their supply.

All of our independent distributors are compensated solely on commission.  Most of our new direct 
sales representatives start with a compensation arrangement that is largely based on salary.  Our goal is to 
have members of our direct sales force move toward a compensation model based solely on commission as 
they become familiar with our products and drive higher sales.

8

Table of Contents

Advancement of Spine Care

We are committed to the advancement of spine care through our support of numerous educational 

and research programs geared towards spine surgeons, such as:

•  national and regional educational courses;

• 

• 

• 

• 

intensive hands-on cadaveric training on new products and new techniques;

research collaboration and support;

educational support; and

fellowship support.

We devote significant resources to training and educating surgeons in the safe and effective use of 
our products and techniques.  To that end, we have made significant investments in the creation, staffing and 
program offerings of our Musculoskeletal Education and Research Center (“MERC”).  Through MERC, we 
offer educational and training programs both internally in our modern bioskills laboratory and 100 person 
lecture facility and externally through regionally-based didactic education and cadaveric bioskills training 
programs.

We are highly focused on training through programs such as our Skin-to-Skin® Series programs that 
feature intensive two day MIS training programs on thoracolumbar interbody fusion procedures and our 
lateral lumbar interbody fusion labs.  To complement these intensive cadaveric bioskills training programs, 
we also conduct product-based programs providing surgeons with informative didactic sessions coupled with 
hands-on-lab segments to allow surgeons to learn and experience new instrumentation and techniques.  For 
more complex procedures and techniques, surgeon preceptorships are offered which provide surgeons with 
one-on-one intraoperative training followed in some instances by focused bioskills labs.

We have a strong commitment to research performed in conjunction with surgeons from around the 
world.    Many  surgeons,  particularly  in  non-academic  settings,  lack  the  resources  to  pursue  academic 
investigation of areas of interest, and we actively support these research opportunities as well as opportunities 
in collaboration with leading academic institutions.  Supported by a large, focused research team, these efforts 
range from basic biomechanical testing conducted internally with our six degrees of freedom machine to 
support of major clinical outcomes studies.  We are committed to providing the spine surgeon community 
with high quality research to support the new surgical techniques and novel product designs that we develop.

Competition

We believe that our significant competitors are Medtronic, the DePuy Synthes Companies (a division 
of Johnson & Johnson), Stryker and NuVasive.  Alphatec Spine, Orthofix International, Zimmer Biomet, 
LDR Holding, K2M and other smaller public and private companies are also competitors of ours.  At any 
time, these or other market participants may develop alternative treatments, products or procedures for the 
treatment of spine disorders that compete directly or indirectly with our products.  They may also develop 
and patent processes or products earlier than we can, or obtain regulatory clearance or approvals for competing 
products more rapidly than we can.

We  compete  in  the  marketplace  to  recruit  and  retain  qualified  scientific,  management  and  sales 
personnel, as well as in acquiring technologies and technology licenses complementary to our products or 
advantageous to our business.

9

Table of Contents

Our currently marketed products are, and any future products we commercialize will be, subject to 
intense competition.  Many of our current and potential competitors are major medical device companies 
that have substantially greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do, and they may succeed 
in developing products that would render our products obsolete or noncompetitive.  In addition, many of 
these competitors have significantly longer operating history and more established reputations than we do.  
The spine market is intensely competitive, subject to rapid change and highly sensitive to the introduction 
of new products or other market activities of industry participants.  Our ability to compete successfully will 
depend on our ability to develop proprietary products that reach the market in a timely manner, receive 
adequate  coverage  and  reimbursement,  and  are  safer,  less  invasive  and  more  effective  than  alternatives 
available for similar purposes.  Because of the size of the potential market, we anticipate that companies will 
dedicate significant resources to developing competing products.

Manufacturing and Supply

We have greatly expanded our dedicated in-house implant manufacturing capabilities.  A significant 
portion of our implant products is manufactured in our facilities in Eagleville, Pennsylvania.  Most of our 
regenerative  biologics  products  are  processed  in  our  facilities  in  San Antonio,  Texas,  and  in Audubon, 
Pennsylvania.

However, most of our products are generally manufactured through a network of over 100 international 
and domestic third-party suppliers.  Our suppliers utilize state-of-the-art, high precision, computer-aided 
manufacturing equipment to manufacture our products.  We have focused on developing a strong supplier 
base as part of our manufacturing strategy.  Our relationship with our suppliers enables significant interaction 
between our design engineers and project managers and the suppliers’ engineers and schedulers to work 
through issues arising during the entire product development cycle.  Many of our suppliers, including our 
largest suppliers, are located within a 100-mile radius of the Philadelphia area, which affords our engineers 
and  other  members  of  our  product  development  team  the  opportunity  to  work  closely  with  them  to 
commercialize our products.

We select our suppliers carefully and generally use a small number of suppliers for each of our key 
products for added reliability.  Our internal quality assurance group evaluates the potential vendor through 
a formal vendor approval process before we enter into a relationship with the vendor.  Suppliers that meet 
our internal quality assurance standards are added to our approved supplier list.  All of our suppliers that 
provide  us  with  implants  or  human  tissue  are  ISO-13485  certified,  meaning  they  meet  the  International 
Organization for Standardization (“ISO”) requirements for the manufacture of medical devices, and/or are 
accredited by the American Association of Tissue Banks.  Our quality assurance group conducts periodic 
audits to ensure continued compliance with our standards.  With every shipment of inventory that we receive, 
our suppliers provide a certificate of compliance with our quality control standards.  Our receiving group 
also performs inspections, packaging and labeling onsite at our headquarters facility.

We work closely with our suppliers to ensure that our inventory needs are met while maintaining 
high quality and reliability.  To date, we have not experienced significant difficulty in locating and obtaining 
the materials necessary to fulfill our production requirements, and we have not experienced a meaningful 
backlog of sales orders.  We believe our supplier relationships and facilities will support our potential capacity 
needs for the foreseeable future.

A majority of our product inventory is held primarily with our sales representatives and at hospitals 
throughout the United States.  We stock inventory in our warehouse facilities and retain title to consigned 
inventory which is maintained with our field representatives and hospitals in sufficient quantities so that 
products are available when needed for surgical procedures.  Safety stock levels are determined based on a 

10

Table of Contents

number of factors, including demand, manufacturing lead times and quantities required to maintain service 
levels.

Intellectual Property

We protect our proprietary rights through a variety of methods.  In particular, we rely on patent, 
trademark,  copyright,  trade  secret  and  other  intellectual  property  laws  and  also  utilize  nondisclosure 
agreements and other measures to protect our rights.

As of December 31, 2015,  we owned 378 issued U.S. patents (363 utility patents; 15 design patents) 
and had applications pending for 397 U.S. patents (all utility patent applications), and we owned 130 issued 
foreign patents and had applications pending for 199 foreign patents.  Our issued patents expire between 
November 2019 and September 2034.

Our trademark portfolio contains 172 registered trademarks and 61 pending trademarks.  Our portfolio 

includes domestic and foreign trademarks with associated logos and tag lines.

Third-Party Coverage and Reimbursement

We expect that, in the future, sales volumes and prices of our products may grow to be more dependent 
on the availability of coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors, such as state and federal programs 
including Medicare, Medicaid and Worker’s Compensation as well as private insurance plans including Blue 
Cross Blue Shield plans and commercial insurers.  Reimbursement is dynamic and is contingent on coding 
for given services or procedures, coverage by third-party payors, and adequate payment for the services or 
procedures.

Physicians use Current Procedural Terminology (“CPT®”) codes to bill for services and procedures, 
which are established by the American Medical Association (“AMA”), and Health Care Common Procedure 
Coding Systems (“HCPCS”) codes, which are controlled by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services 
(“CMS”), the agency responsible for administering Medicare and Medicaid.  Specialty societies such as the 
North American  Spine  Society,  the American Association  of  Neurological  Surgeons,  and  the American 
Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons provide advice to the AMA CPT® Editorial Panel for developing codes 
and to some extent provide input to CMS in developing HCPCS codes.  The availability of existing codes 
to bill for services and procedures may impact the adoption of technology.

The CMS and the National Center for Health Statistics are jointly responsible for overseeing changes 
and  modifications  to  International  Classification  of  Diseases,  Clinical  Modification/Procedure  Coding 
System (“ICD-10-CM/PCS”) procedure codes used by physicians for reporting diagnosis(es) and hospitals 
for reporting inpatient procedures.  ICD-10-CM/PCS was implemented in the U.S. on October 1, 2015.  This 
represents the first major coding change for ICD coding in over 30 years.  The granularity and specificity of 
the  new  ICD-10-CM/PCS  coding  system  may  impact  reimbursement  in  the  future,  particularly  hospital 
inpatient reimbursement.  Physician and hospital coding is subject to change, which could impact coverage 
and reimbursement and thus potentially impact physician practice behavior.

Independent of coding status, third-party payors may deny coverage based on their own criteria.  
Payor medical policies continue to become more restrictive.  Payors may deem the clinical efficacy of a 
device or procedure to be experimental or investigational, not the most cost-effective treatment available, or 
used for an unapproved indication.  For example, Aetna changed its medical policy for invasive back pain 
procedures to include an Appendix which lists covered and non-covered spine devices by brand name and 
manufacturer.  As a result of this policy change, Aetna considers “expandable” cages to be experimental/

11

Table of Contents

investigational and therefore not covered.  Additionally, many private payors use coverage decisions and 
payment amounts established by CMS for the Medicare program as guidelines in setting their coverage and 
reimbursement policies.  As the portion of the U.S. population over the age of 65 and eligible for Medicare 
continues to grow, we may be more vulnerable to coverage and reimbursement limitations imposed by CMS.  
National and local coverage policy decisions are subject to unforeseeable change and have the potential to 
impact physician behavior.  We will continue to provide the appropriate resources to patients, physicians, 
hospitals,  and  insurers  in  order  to  promote  the  best  patient  care,  provide  clarity  regarding  coverage  and 
reimbursement policies, and work to reverse any non-coverage policies.

For federal/state programs, such as Medicaid, coverage and reimbursement differ from state to state.  
Some state Medicaid programs may not reimburse an adequate amount for the procedures performed with 
our products, if any payment is made at all.  In addition, state-level worker’s compensation coverage and 
reimbursement vary from  state to state.  Payment by Medicare and other third-party payors may not be 
adequate to cover the cost of medical devices used in spine procedures.  Additionally, some spine procedures 
are now being performed in the hospital outpatient and ambulatory surgery center settings, in part due to 
innovation.  Reimbursement levels in these settings are typically lower than for the hospital inpatient setting 
and may not be adequate to cover the cost of innovative and novel medical devices.

In  international  markets,  reimbursement  and  healthcare  payment  systems  vary  significantly  by 
country and some countries have instituted price ceilings on specific product lines.  There can be no assurance 
that our products will be accepted by third-party payors, that coverage and reimbursement will be available 
or, if available, that the third-party payors’ coverage and reimbursement policies will not adversely affect 
our ability to sell our products profitably.

We  believe  that  the  overall  escalating  cost  of  medical  products  and  services  has  led  to,  and  will 
continue to lead to, increased pressures on the healthcare industry to reduce the costs of products and services.  
There can be no assurance that third-party coverage and reimbursement will be available or adequate, or that 
future legislation, regulation, or coverage and reimbursement policies of third-party payors will not adversely 
affect the demand for our products or our ability to sell these products on a profitable basis.

Government Regulation

Our business is subject to extensive federal, state, local and foreign regulations.  Some of the pertinent 
laws have not been definitively interpreted by the regulatory authorities or the courts, and their provisions 
are open to a variety of subjective interpretations.  In addition, these laws and their interpretations are subject 
to change.

Both federal and state governmental agencies continue to subject the healthcare industry to intense 
regulatory scrutiny, including heightened civil and criminal enforcement efforts.  We believe that we have 
structured our business operations and relationships with our customers to comply with all applicable legal 
requirements.  However, it is possible that governmental entities or other third parties could interpret these 
laws differently and assert otherwise.  We discuss below the statutes and regulations that are most relevant 
to our business.

U.S. Food and Drug Administration Regulation

Our products are medical devices and human tissue products subject to extensive regulation by the 
FDA and other federal, state, local and foreign regulatory bodies.  FDA regulations govern, among other 
things, the following activities that we or our partners perform and will continue to perform:

12

Table of Contents

•  product design and development;

•  product testing, manufacturing and safety;

•  post-market surveillance and reporting;

•  product labeling;

• 

complaint handling;

•  post-market approval studies; and

•  product advertising, marketing and promotion.

FDA’s Pre-market Clearance and Approval Requirements

Unless an exemption applies, each medical device we wish to commercially distribute in the United 
States requires either 510(k) clearance or a pre-market approval (“PMA”) from the FDA.  The FDA classifies 
medical devices into one of three classes.  Devices deemed to pose lower risk are placed in either Class I or 
II.  Unless classified as exempt from pre-market notification, Class I and II devices generally require the 
manufacturer  to  submit  to  the  FDA  a  pre-market  notification  requesting  permission  for  commercial 
distribution.   This  process  is  known  as  510(k)  clearance.    Some  low  risk  devices  are  exempt  from  this 
requirement.  Devices deemed by the FDA to pose the greatest risk, such as life-sustaining, life-supporting 
or implantable devices, or devices deemed not substantially equivalent to a previously cleared 510(k) device 
are placed in Class III, which typically requires approval of a PMA application.  Both 510(k) pre-market 
notification and PMAs are subject to the payment of user fees, paid at the time of submission for FDA review.  
The FDA can also impose restrictions on the sale, distribution or use of devices at the time of their clearance 
or approval, or subsequent to marketing.

Human Cell, Tissue and Cellular and Tissue Based Products

We  currently  distribute  a  number  of  products  processed  from  human  tissue,  some  of  which  are 
manufactured by third-party suppliers.  FDA regulates human tissue products as Human Cells and Cellular 
and Tissue Based Products (“HCT/Ps”).  Certain HCT/Ps are regulated solely under Section 361 of the Public 
Health Service Act and are referred to as “Section 361 HCT/Ps,” while other HCT/Ps are subject to FDA’s 
regulatory  requirements  for  medical  devices  or  biologics.    Section  361  HCT/Ps  do  not  require  510(k) 
clearance, PMA approval, or other premarket approvals from FDA before marketing.  Tissue banks that 
handle HCT/Ps must register their establishments with FDA, list their HCT/P products with FDA, and comply 
with FDA donor eligibility and screening, current Good Tissue Practice (“CGTP”), product labeling, and 
postmarket reporting requirements for HCT/Ps.

The FDA periodically inspects tissue processors to determine compliance with these requirements.  
Entities  that  provide  us  with  allograft  bone  tissue  are  responsible  for  performing  donor  recovery,  donor 
screening and donor testing and our compliance with those aspects of the CGTP regulations that regulate 
those functions are dependent upon the actions of these independent entities.

The procurement and transplantation of allograft bone tissue is subject to U.S. federal law pursuant 
to the National Organ Transplant Act (“NOTA”), a criminal statute which prohibits the purchase and sale of 
human organs used in human transplantation, including bone and related tissue, for “valuable consideration.”  
NOTA permits reasonable payments associated with the removal, transportation, processing, preservation, 

13

Table of Contents

quality  control,  implantation  and  storage  of  human  bone  tissue.    With  the  exception  of  removal  and 
implantation, we provide services in all of these areas.

The procurement of human tissue is also subject to state anatomical gift acts and some states have 

statutes similar to NOTA.  In addition, some states require that tissue processors be licensed by that state.

FDA Enforcement

The FDA enforces these requirements by inspection and market surveillance.  Failure to comply with 
applicable regulatory requirements can result in enforcement action by the FDA, which may include any of 
the following sanctions:

•  untitled letters or warning letters;

• 

• 

fines, injunctions and civil penalties;

recall or seizure of our products;

•  operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of production;

• 

refusing our request for 510(k) clearance or PMA of new products;

•  withdrawing 510(k) clearance or PMAs that are already granted; and

• 

criminal prosecution.

We are subject to unannounced device inspections by the FDA, the Office of Compliance, the Center 
for Devices and Radiological Health, and the Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research, as well as other 
regulatory  agencies  overseeing  the  implementation  and  adherence  of  applicable  state  and  federal  tissue 
licensing regulations.  These inspections may include our suppliers’ facilities.

International

International  sales  of  medical devices  are  subject  to  foreign  government  regulations,  which  vary 
substantially from country to country.  In order to market our products in other countries, we must obtain 
regulatory approvals and comply with extensive safety and quality regulations in other countries.  The time 
required to obtain approval by a foreign country may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA clearance 
or  approval,  and  the  requirements  may  differ.   The  European  Union/European  Economic Area  (“EEA”) 
requires a European Conformity mark (“CE mark”) in order to market medical devices.  Many other countries, 
such as Australia, India, New Zealand, Pakistan and Sri Lanka, accept CE or FDA clearance or approval 
although others, such as Brazil, Canada and Japan, require separate regulatory filings.

In the EEA, our devices are required to comply with the essential requirements of the EU Medical 
Device Directive (Council Directive 93/42/EEC).  Compliance with these requirements entitles us to affix 
the CE conformity mark to our medical devices, without which they cannot be commercialized in the EEA.  
To demonstrate compliance with the essential requirements and obtain the right to affix the CE conformity 
mark we must undergo a conformity assessment procedure, which varies according to the type of medical 
device and its classification.

14

Table of Contents

Additionally in the EEA, the procurement, testing, processing, preservation, storage and distribution 
of  human  tissues  and  cells  is  subject  to  the  requirements  of  the  laws  of  individual  EEA  Member  States 
implementing Directive 2004/23/EC, Directive 2006/17/EC and Directive 2006/86/EC.

Further, the advertising and promotion of our products in the EEA is subject to the laws of individual 
EEA Member States implementing the EU Medical Device Directive, Directive 2006/114/EC concerning 
misleading and comparative advertising, and Directive 2005/29/EC on unfair commercial practices, as well 
as other EEA Member State laws governing the advertising and promotion of medical devices.  These laws 
may limit or restrict the advertising and promotion of our products to the general public and may impose 
limitations on our promotional activities with healthcare professionals.

We are subject to unannounced device inspections by the Notified Body (an organization accredited 
by a Member State of the EEA to conduct conformity assessments), as well as other regulatory agencies 
overseeing the implementation and adherence of applicable regulations.  These inspections may include our 
suppliers’ facilities.

Sales and Marketing Commercial Compliance 

Federal anti-kickback laws and regulations prohibit, among other things, persons from knowingly 
and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or paying remuneration, directly or indirectly, in exchange for, 
or to induce either the referral of an individual, or the purchase, order or recommendation of, any good or 
service paid for under federal healthcare programs such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs.

In addition, federal false claims laws prohibit any person from knowingly presenting, or causing to 
be presented, a false claim for payment to the federal government, or knowingly making, or causing to be 
made, a false statement to get a false claim paid.  Off-label promotion has been pursued as a violation of the 
federal false claims laws.  Pursuant to FDA regulations, we can only market our products for cleared or 
approved uses.  Although surgeons are permitted to use medical devices for indications other than those 
cleared or approved by the FDA based on their medical judgment, we are prohibited from promoting products 
for such off-label uses.  Additionally, the majority of states in which we market our products have similar 
anti-kickback, false claims, anti-fee splitting and self-referral laws, which may apply to items or services 
reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers, and violations may result in substantial 
civil and criminal penalties.

The  United  States  and  foreign  government  regulators  have  increased  regulation,  enforcement, 
inspections  and  governmental  investigations  of  the  medical  device  industry,  including  under  the  United 
Kingdom’s Bribery Act and increased U.S. government oversight and enforcement of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt 
Practices Act (“FCPA”).

Additionally,  the  commercial  compliance  environment  is  continually  evolving  in  the  healthcare 
industry  as  some  states,  including  California,  Massachusetts  and  Vermont,  mandate  implementation  of 
corporate  compliance  programs,  along  with  the  tracking  and  reporting  of  gifts,  compensation  and  other 
remuneration to physicians.  The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care 
and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act (collectively “PPACA”) also imposes new reporting and 
disclosure requirements on device manufacturers for any “transfer of value” made or distributed to prescribers 
and other healthcare providers.  The shifting compliance environment and the need to build and maintain 
robust and expandable systems to comply in multiple jurisdictions with different compliance and/or reporting 
requirements  increases  the  possibility  that  a  healthcare  company  may  run  afoul  of  one  or  more  of  the 
requirements.

15

Table of Contents

Environmental Matters

The manufacture of certain of our products, including our allograft implants and products, and the 
handling of materials used in the product testing process, including in our cadaveric laboratory, involve the 
controlled use of biological, hazardous and/or radioactive materials and wastes.  Our business and facilities 
and those of our suppliers are subject to foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the 
protection of human health and the environment, including those governing the use, manufacture, storage, 
handling and disposal of, and exposure to, such materials and wastes.  In addition, under some environmental 
laws and regulations, we could be held responsible for costs relating to any contamination at our past or 
present facilities and at third-party waste disposal sites even if such contamination was not caused by us.

We  are  not  currently  aware  of  any  material  costs  or  liabilities  relating  to  environmental  matters, 
including any claims or actions under environmental laws or obligations to perform any cleanups at any of 
our facilities or any third-party waste disposal sites, that we expect to have a material adverse effect on our 
business, financial condition or operating results.  However, it is possible that material environmental costs 
or liabilities may arise in the future.

Seasonality and Backlog

Our sales may be influenced by summer vacation and winter holiday periods during which we have 
experienced fewer spine surgeries taking place.  In addition, we have recently experienced increased sales 
of our products in the last quarter of each year.  Our sales generally consist of products that are in stock in 
our warehouse facilities or maintained at hospitals or with our sales representatives.  Accordingly, we do not 
have a backlog of sales orders.

Employees

As of December 31, 2015, we had over 1,200 employees, including sales and marketing, product 
development, general administrative and accounting, both domestically and internationally.  None of our 
employees  is  subject  to  a  collective  bargaining  agreement  and  we  consider  our  relationship  with  our 
employees to be good.

Properties

Our  corporate  headquarters  are  located  in Audubon,  Pennsylvania  and  owned  by  us.   We  own 
research and manufacturing facilities in Massachusetts, Pennsylvania and Texas, lease additional research 
and manufacturing facilities in Texas and also own a distribution center in Heerlen, Netherlands to support 
our international operations.  We maintain sales and administrative offices in twelve countries, all of which 
are leased.

Financial Information

For financial information about our business segment and the geographic areas in which we derive 
revenues, see “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data; Notes to Consolidated Financial 
Statements; Note 17. Segment and Geographic Information” below.

Corporate and Available Information

We were incorporated in Delaware in March 2003.  Our principal executive offices are located at 
2560 General Armistead Avenue, Audubon, Pennsylvania 19403, and our telephone number at that location 
is  (610) 930-1800.    Our  corporate  website  address  is  http://www.globusmedical.com.    The  information 

16

Table of Contents

contained in or accessible through our website or contained on other websites is not deemed to be part of 
this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

We are subject to the filing requirements of the Exchange Act.  Therefore, we file annual reports, 
periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC.  Such reports, proxy statements and 
other information may be obtained by visiting the Public Reference Room of the Securities and Exchange 
Commission  at  100  F  Street,  NE, Washington,  D.C.  20549.   You  may  obtain  information  regarding  the 
operation  of  the  Public  Reference  Room  by  calling  the  SEC  at  1-800-SEC-0330.    In  addition,  the  SEC 
maintains  a  website  (www.sec.gov)  that  contains  reports,  proxy  and  information  statements,  and  other 
information regarding issuers that file electronically.

We make our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 
8-K and all amendments to such reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange 
Act  available  free  of  charge  through  a  link  on  the  Investors  section  of  our  website  located  at  http://
www.globusmedical.com (under “SEC Filings”) as soon as reasonably practicable after they are filed with 
or furnished to the SEC.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Risk factors that could cause our actual results to differ from our expectations and that could negatively 
impact our business, results of operations and financial condition are discussed below and elsewhere in this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K.  If any of these risks actually occurs, our business, results of operations, 
financial condition and future growth prospects could be materially and adversely affected.  You should 
carefully read and consider each of these risks, together with all of the other information set forth in this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K.  The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face.  
Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe are immaterial may 
also materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and future growth 
prospects, and our stock price.

Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry

To be commercially successful, we must convince spine surgeons and hospitals that our  products are an 
attractive alternative to our competitors’ products and that our Disruptive Technologies are an attractive 
alternative to existing surgical treatments of spine disorders.

Spine surgeons play a significant role in determining the course of treatment and, ultimately, the type 
of product that will be used to treat a patient, so we rely on effectively marketing to them.  Hospitals, however, 
are also often actively involved in the evaluation of products and the decision of which product to purchase.  
In order for us to sell our products, we must convince spine surgeons and hospitals that our products are 
attractive alternatives to competing products for use in spine procedures.  Acceptance of our products depends 
on educating spine surgeons and hospitals as to the distinctive characteristics, perceived benefits, safety and 
cost-effectiveness of our products as compared to our competitors’ products and on training spine surgeons 
in the proper application of our products.  If we are not successful in convincing spine surgeons and hospitals 
of the merit of our products or educating them on the use of our products, they may not use our products and 
we will be unable to increase our sales and sustain growth or profitability.

Furthermore, we believe spine surgeons will not widely adopt our Disruptive Technology products 
unless they determine, based on experience, clinical data and published peer-reviewed journal articles, that 
MIS techniques and our motion preservation and regenerative biologics technologies provide benefits or are 

17

Table of Contents

an attractive alternative to conventional treatments of spine disorders and incorporate improved technologies 
that permit novel surgical procedures.

Surgeons,  and  in  certain  instances,  hospitals,  may  be  hesitant  to  change  their  medical  treatment 

practices or the products available for use to treat patients for the following reasons, among others:

lack of experience with MIS or our motion preservation or regenerative biologics technologies;
lack or perceived lack of evidence supporting additional patient benefits;

• 
• 
•  perceived liability risks generally associated with the use of new products and procedures;
• 
• 
• 

limited or lack of availability of coverage and reimbursement within healthcare payment systems;
costs associated with the purchase of new products and equipment; and
the time commitment that may be required for training.

If we are unable to convince surgeons and hospitals to use our products, we will not achieve expected 
sales or sustain our growth, and our financial condition and results of operation may be adversely affected.

In addition, we believe recommendations and support of our products by influential spine surgeons 
are essential for market acceptance and adoption.  If we do not receive support from such surgeons or long-
term data does not show the benefits of using our products, surgeons may not use our products.  In such 
circumstances, we may not achieve expected sales or sustain our growth and may be unable to maintain 
profitability.

Pricing pressure from our competitors and our customers may impact our ability to sell our products at 
prices necessary to support our current business strategies.

The spine industry is characterized by intense competition, and the spine market continues to attract 
numerous new companies and technologies, which has encouraged more established companies to intensify 
competitive pricing pressure.  As a result of this increased competition, as well as the challenges of third-
party coverage and reimbursement practices, we believe there will be continued pricing pressure in the future.  
If competitive forces drive down the prices we are able to charge for our products, our profit margins will 
shrink, which will adversely affect our ability to maintain our profitability and to invest in and grow our 
business.

If  our  hospital  and  other  healthcare  provider  customers  are  unable  to  obtain  adequate  coverage  and 
reimbursement for their purchases of our products, we may not be able to sell our products at prices 
necessary to maintain our profitability or at all.

Maintaining and growing sales of our products depends on the availability of adequate coverage and 
reimbursement from third party payors, including government programs such as Medicare and Medicaid, 
private insurance plans and managed care programs.  Hospitals and other healthcare providers that purchase 
our products generally rely on third party payors to cover all or part of the costs associated with the procedures 
performed with these products, including the cost to purchase the product.  Our customers’ access to adequate 
coverage and reimbursement for the procedures performed with our products by government and private 
insurance plans is central to the acceptance of our current and future products.  We may be unable to sell our 
products on a profitable basis, or at all, if third party payors deny coverage or reduce their current levels of 
payment.  If our cost of production increases faster than increases in reimbursement levels for the products, 
our profitability may be negatively impacted.

Future action by CMS (which administers the Medicare program), other government agencies or 
private payors, may diminish payments to physicians, outpatient surgery centers and/or hospitals, which 

18

Table of Contents

could harm our ability to market and sell our products.  Private payors may adopt coverage decisions and 
payment amounts determined by CMS as guidelines in setting their coverage and reimbursement policies.  
Private payors that do not follow the Medicare guidelines may adopt different coverage and reimbursement 
policies for procedures performed with our products.  In addition, for some governmental programs, such as 
Medicaid, coverage and reimbursement differs from state to state.  Medicaid payments to physicians and 
facilities are often lower than payments by other third party payors and some state Medicaid programs may 
not pay an adequate amount for the procedures performed with our products, if any payment is made at all.  
Furthermore, the healthcare industry in the United States has experienced a trend toward cost containment 
as government and private insurers seek to control rising healthcare costs by imposing lower payment rates 
and negotiating reduced contract rates with service providers.

Third party payors, including public and private payors, may develop negative coverage policies 
impacting our products.  For example, Aetna recently changed its medical policy from coverage in all or 
most cases to coverage only for limited indications for biomechanical devices (e.g., spine cages) for cervical 
fusion procedures, stating that they have not been proven more effective than bone graft for cervical fusions, 
which may limit demand for our products.  In addition, some payors have changed their coverage policies 
to be more restrictive as to the criteria under which they will cover and reimburse for vertebral fusions in 
the  lumbar  spine  to  treat  multilevel  degenerative  disc  disease  (“DDD”),  initial  primary  laminectomy/
discectomy for nerve root decompression, or spinal stenosis.  Although these coverage policy changes have 
not had a material impact on our business, other insurers may adopt similar coverage decisions in the future.  
Patients covered by these insurers may be unwilling or unable to afford  lumbar fusion surgeries to treat these 
conditions, which could materially harm or limit our ability to sell our products designed for lumbar fusion 
procedures.  Our business would be negatively impacted if the trend by governmental agencies or third party 
payors continues to reduce coverage of and/or reimbursement for procedures using our products.

We cannot be certain that under current and future payment systems, such as those utilized by Medicare 
and in many private managed care systems, the cost of our products will be adequately incorporated into the 
overall cost of the procedure.  Therefore, we cannot be certain that the procedures performed with our products 
will be reimbursed at a cost-effective level, or at all.

To the extent we sell our products internationally, market acceptance may depend, in part, upon the 
availability of coverage and reimbursement within prevailing healthcare payment systems.  Reimbursement 
and healthcare payment systems in international markets vary significantly by country, and include both 
government-sponsored healthcare and private insurance.  Our products may not obtain international coverage 
and reimbursement approvals in a timely manner, if at all.  Our failure to receive such approvals would 
negatively impact market acceptance of our products in the international markets in which those approvals 
are sought.

If we are unable to maintain and expand our network of direct sales representatives and independent 
distributors, we may not be able to generate anticipated sales.

Our operating results are directly dependent upon the sales and marketing efforts of not only our 
employees, but also our independent distributors.  We expect our direct sales representatives and independent 
distributors  to  develop  long-lasting  relationships  with  the  surgeons  they  serve.    If  our  direct  sales 
representatives or independent distributors fail to adequately promote, market and sell our products, our sales 
could significantly decrease.

We  face  significant  challenges  and  risks  in  managing  our  geographically  dispersed  distribution 
network and retaining the individuals who make up that network.  If any of our direct sales representatives 
were to leave us, or if any of our independent distributors were to cease to do business with us, our sales 

19

Table of Contents

could be adversely affected.  Some of our independent distributors account for a significant portion of our 
sales volume, and if any such independent distributor were to cease to distribute our products, our sales could 
be adversely affected.  In such a situation, we may need to seek alternative independent distributors or increase 
our reliance on our direct sales representatives, which may not prevent our sales from being adversely affected.  
If  a  direct  sales  representative  or  independent  distributor  were  to  depart  and  be  retained  by  one  of  our 
competitors, we may be unable to prevent them from helping competitors solicit business from our existing 
customers,  which  could  further  adversely  affect  our  sales.    Because  of  the  intense  competition  for  their 
services, we may be unable to recruit or retain additional qualified independent distributors or to hire additional 
direct sales representatives to work with us.  We may not be able to enter into agreements with them on 
favorable  or  commercially  reasonable  terms,  if  at  all.    Failure  to  hire  or  retain  qualified  direct  sales 
representatives or independent distributors would prevent us from maintaining or expanding our business 
and generating sales.

As we launch new products and increase our marketing efforts with respect to existing products, we 
will need to expand the reach of our marketing and sales networks.  Our future success will depend largely 
on our ability to continue to hire, train, retain and motivate skilled direct sales representatives and independent 
distributors with significant technical knowledge in various areas, such as spinal care practices, spine injuries 
and disease and spinal health.  New hires require training and take time to achieve full productivity.  If we 
fail to train new hires adequately, or if we experience high turnover in our sales force in the future, we cannot 
be certain that new hires will become as productive as may be necessary to maintain or increase our sales.

If we are unable to expand our sales and marketing capabilities domestically and internationally, we 
may not be able to effectively commercialize our products, which would adversely affect our business, results 
of operations and financial condition.

We operate in a very competitive business environment and if we are unable to compete successfully against 
our existing or potential competitors, our sales and operating results may be negatively affected and we 
may not grow.

The  spine  industry  is  intensely  competitive,  subject  to  rapid  change  and  highly  sensitive  to  the 
introduction of new products or other market activities of industry participants.  We believe that our significant 
competitors are Medtronic, the DePuy Synthes Companies (a division of Johnson & Johnson), Stryker and 
NuVasive.  Alphatec Spine, Orthofix International, Zimmer Biomet, LDR Holding, K2M and other smaller 
public and private companies are also competitors of ours.  At any time, these or other industry participants 
may develop alternative treatments, products or procedures for the treatment of spine disorders that compete 
directly or indirectly with our products.  They may also develop and patent processes or products earlier than 
we can or obtain regulatory clearance or approvals for competing products more rapidly than we can, which 
could impair our ability to develop and commercialize similar processes or products.  If alternative treatments 
are, or are perceived to be, superior to our spine surgery products, sales of our products could be negatively 
affected and our results of operations could suffer.

Many  of  our  current  and  potential  competitors  are  major  medical  device  companies  that  have 
substantially  greater  financial,  technical  and  marketing  resources  than  we  do,  and  they  may  succeed  in 
developing products that would render our products obsolete or noncompetitive.

Many of our larger competitors enjoy several competitive advantages over us, including:

•  greater financial, human and other resources for product research and development, sales and 

marketing and litigation;
significantly greater name recognition;

• 

20

Table of Contents

established relationships with spine surgeons, hospitals and other healthcare providers;
large and established sales and marketing and distribution networks;

• 
• 
•  products supported by long-term clinical data;
•  greater experience in obtaining and maintaining regulatory clearances or approvals for products 

and product enhancements;

•  more expansive portfolios of intellectual property rights; and
•  greater  ability  to  cross-sell  their  products  or  to  incentivize  hospitals  or  surgeons  to  use  their 

products.

The  frequent  introduction  by  competitors  of  products  that  compete  with  our  existing  or  planned 
products may also make it difficult to market or sell our products.  In addition, the entry of multiple new 
products  and  competitors,  including  physician-owned  distributorships  (“PODs”),  may  lead  some  of  our 
competitors to employ pricing strategies that could adversely affect the pricing of our products and pricing 
in the spine market generally.

As a result, our ability to compete successfully will depend on our ability to develop proprietary 
products that reach the market in a timely manner, receive adequate coverage and reimbursement from third-
party payors, and are safer, less invasive and more effective than alternatives available for similar purposes.  
If we are unable to do so, our sales or margins could decrease, thereby harming our business.

We are dependent on a limited number of third-party suppliers for most of our products and components, 
and the loss of any of these suppliers, or their inability to provide us with an adequate supply of materials, 
could harm our business.

We rely on third-party suppliers to supply most of our products.  For us to be successful, our suppliers 
must  be  able  to  provide  us  with  products  and  components  in  substantial  quantities,  in  compliance  with 
regulatory requirements, in accordance with agreed upon specifications, at acceptable costs and on a timely 
basis.  Our anticipated growth could strain the ability of our suppliers to deliver an increasingly large supply 
of products, materials and components.  Other issues, including shortages of raw materials or components, 
problems with production yields and quality control and assurance, especially with products such as allograft, 
which  is  processed  human  tissue,  could  impair  a  supplier’s  ability  to  supply  us  with  product  quantities 
necessary to support our sales.  Furthermore, under our supplier agreements, our suppliers generally have 
no obligation to manufacture for us or sell to us any specific quantity of products.  If we are unable to obtain 
sufficient quantities of high quality components to meet demand on a timely basis, we could lose customers, 
our reputation may be harmed and our business could suffer.

We generally use a small number of suppliers for each of our products.  Our dependence on such a 
limited number of suppliers exposes us to risks, including limited control over pricing, availability, quality 
and delivery schedules.  If any one or more of our suppliers cease to provide us with sufficient quantities of 
manufactured products in a timely manner or on terms acceptable to us, or cease to manufacture components 
of acceptable quality, we would have to seek alternative sources of supply.  Because of the nature of our 
internal quality control requirements, regulatory requirements and the custom and proprietary nature of the 
parts, we cannot quickly engage additional or replacement suppliers for many of our critical components.  
Failure of any of our third-party suppliers to deliver products at the level our business requires would limit 
our ability to meet our sales commitments to our customers and could have a material adverse effect on our 
business.  We may also have difficulty obtaining similar components from other suppliers that are acceptable 
to the FDA or other foreign regulatory authorities.  We could incur delays while we locate and engage qualified 
alternative suppliers, and we may be unable to engage alternative suppliers on favorable terms or at all.  Any 
such disruption or increased expenses could harm our commercialization efforts and adversely affect our 
ability to generate sales.

21

Table of Contents

If we do not successfully implement our business strategy, our business and results of operations will be 
adversely affected.

Our business strategy was formed based on assumptions about the spine market that might prove 
wrong.  We believe that various demographics and industry-specific trends, including the aging of the general 
population,  increasingly  active  lifestyles,  improving  fusion  technologies  and  increasing  acceptance  of 
Disruptive Technologies leading to earlier interventions, will help drive growth in the spine market and our 
business, but these demographics and trends are uncertain.  Actual demand for our products could differ 
materially from projected demand if our assumptions regarding these factors prove to be incorrect or do not 
materialize, or if alternative treatments to those offered by our products gain widespread acceptance.

We may not be able to successfully implement our business strategy.  To implement our business 
strategy we need to, among other things, strengthen our brand, develop and introduce new spine surgery 
products, find new applications for and improve our existing products, obtain regulatory clearance or approval 
for new products and applications and educate spine surgeons about the clinical and cost benefits of our 
products, all of which we believe could increase acceptance of our products by spine surgeons.  Our strategy 
of focusing exclusively on the spine market may limit our ability to grow.  In addition, we are seeking to 
increase our sales and, in order to do so, will need to commercialize additional products and expand our 
direct and distributor sales forces in existing and new territories, all of which could result in our becoming 
subject to additional or different foreign and domestic regulatory requirements, with which we may not be 
able to comply.  Moreover, even if we successfully implement our business strategy, our operating results 
may not improve or may decline.  We may decide to alter or discontinue aspects of our business strategy and 
may adopt different strategies due to business or competitive factors not currently foreseen, such as new 
medical technologies that would make our products obsolete.  Any failure to implement our business strategy 
may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The proliferation of PODs could result in increased pricing pressure on our products or harm our ability 
to sell our products to physicians who own or are affiliated with those distributorships.

PODs are medical device distributors that are owned, directly or indirectly, by physicians.  These 
physicians derive a proportion of their revenue from selling or arranging for the sale of medical devices for 
use in procedures they perform on their own patients at hospitals that agree to purchase from or through the 
POD, or that otherwise furnish ordering physicians with income that is based directly or indirectly on those 
orders of medical devices.

We do not sell or distribute any of our products through PODs.  The number of PODs in the spine 
industry may continue to grow as economic pressures increase throughout the industry, as hospitals, insurers 
and physicians search for ways to reduce costs, and, in the case of the physicians, search for ways to increase 
their incomes.  These companies and the physicians who own, or partially own, them have significant market 
knowledge and access to the surgeons who use our products and the hospitals that purchase our products, 
and growth in this area may reduce our ability to compete effectively for business from surgeons who own 
such distributorships.

Our business could suffer if we lose the services of key members of our senior management, key advisors 
or personnel.

We are dependent upon the continued services of key members of our senior management and a 
limited number of key advisors and personnel.  In particular, we are highly dependent on the skills and 
leadership of our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), David C. Paul.  The loss of any one of these individuals 
could disrupt our operations or our strategic plans.  Additionally, our future success will depend on, among 

22

Table of Contents

other  things,  our  ability  to  continue  to  hire  and  retain  the  necessary  qualified  scientific,  technical  and 
managerial personnel, for whom we compete with numerous other companies, academic institutions and 
organizations.  The loss of members of our management team, key advisors or personnel, or our inability to 
attract or retain other qualified personnel or advisors, could have a material adverse effect on our business, 
results  of  operations  and  financial  condition.    Though  members  of  our  sales  force  generally  enter  into 
noncompetition agreements that restrict their ability to compete with us, most of the members of our executive 
management team are not subject to such agreements.  Accordingly, the adverse effect resulting from the 
loss of certain executives could be compounded by our inability to prevent them from competing with us.

The safety and efficacy of our products is not yet supported by long-term clinical data, which could limit 
sales, and our products might therefore prove to be less safe and effective than initially thought.

All of the products we currently market in the United States, other than our SECURE®-C cervical 
disc, have either received pre-market clearance under Section 510(k) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic 
Act (“FDCA”) or are exempt from pre-market review.  The FDA's 510(k) clearance process requires us to 
show that our proposed product is “substantially equivalent” to another 510(k)-cleared product.  This process 
is shorter and typically requires the submission of less supporting documentation than other FDA approval 
processes and does not always require long-term clinical studies.  We also continue to gather long term 
follow-up data in our SECURE®-C clinical trial.  Additionally, to date, we have not been required to complete 
long-term clinical studies in connection with the sale of our products outside the United States.  As a result, 
we  currently  lack  the  breadth  of  published  long-term  clinical  data  supporting  the  safety  and  efficacy  of 
virtually all of our products and the benefits they offer that might have been generated in connection with 
other approval processes.  For these reasons, spine surgeons may be slow to adopt our products, we may not 
have comparative data that our competitors have or are generating, and we may be subject to greater regulatory 
and product liability risks.  Further, future patient studies or clinical experience may indicate that treatment 
with our products does not improve patient outcomes.  Such results would slow the adoption of our products 
by spine surgeons, significantly reduce our ability to achieve expected sales, and could prevent us from 
sustaining our profitability.

Moreover, if future results and experience indicate that our products cause unexpected or serious 
complications  or  other  unforeseen  negative  effects,  we  could  be  subject  to  mandatory  product  recalls, 
suspension or withdrawal of FDA clearance or approval, and significant legal liability or harm to our business 
reputation.

If we do not enhance our product offerings through our research and development efforts, we may be 
unable to effectively compete.

In order to increase our market share in the spine market, we must enhance and broaden our product 
offerings in response to changing customer demands and competitive pressures and technologies.  The success 
of any new product offering or enhancement to an existing product will depend on numerous factors, including 
our ability to:

•  properly identify and anticipate surgeon and patient needs;
•  develop and introduce new products or product enhancements in a timely manner;
• 

adequately protect our intellectual property and avoid infringing upon the intellectual property 
rights of third parties;

•  demonstrate the safety and efficacy of new products; and
•  obtain  the  necessary  regulatory  clearances  or  approvals  for  new  products  or  product 

enhancements.

23

Table of Contents

If  we  do  not  develop  and  obtain  regulatory  clearance  or  approval  for  new  products  or  product 
enhancements  in  time  to  meet  market  demand,  or  if  there  is  insufficient  demand  for  these  products  or 
enhancements, our results of operations will suffer.  Our research and development efforts may require a 
substantial investment of time and resources before we are adequately able to determine the commercial 
viability of a new product, technology, material or other innovation.  In addition, even if we are able to 
successfully  develop  enhancements  or  new  generations  of  our  products,  these  enhancements  or  new 
generations of products may not produce sales in excess of the costs of development and they may be quickly 
rendered  obsolete  by  changing  customer  preferences  or  the  introduction  by  our  competitors  of  products 
embodying new technologies or features.

If we fail to properly manage our anticipated growth, our business could suffer.

Our rapid growth has placed, and will continue to place, a significant strain on our management and 
on our operational and financial resources and systems.  Failure to manage our growth effectively could 
cause  us  to  over-invest  or  under-invest  in  infrastructure,  and  result  in  losses  or  weaknesses  in  our 
infrastructure, which could materially adversely affect us.  Additionally, our anticipated growth will increase 
the demands placed on our suppliers, resulting in an increased need for us to carefully monitor for quality 
assurance.  Any failure by us to manage our growth effectively could have an adverse effect on our ability 
to achieve our development and commercialization goals.

Our results of operations could suffer if we are unable to manage our planned international expansion 
effectively.

Expansion into international markets is an element of our business strategy and involves risk.  The 
sale and shipment of our products across international borders, as well as the purchase of components and 
products from international sources, subject us to extensive U.S. and foreign governmental trade, import and 
export and customs regulations and laws.  Compliance with these regulations and laws is costly and exposes 
us to penalties for non-compliance.  Other laws and regulations that can significantly affect us include various 
anti-bribery laws, including the FCPA and anti-boycott laws.  Any failure to comply with applicable legal 
and regulatory obligations in the United States or abroad could adversely affect us in a variety of ways that 
include, but are not limited to, significant criminal, civil and administrative penalties, including imprisonment 
of individuals, fines and penalties, denial of export privileges, seizure of shipments and restrictions on certain 
business activities.  Also, the failure to comply with applicable legal and regulatory obligations could result 
in the disruption of our distribution and sales activities.

Our international operations expose us and our independent distributors to risks inherent in operating 

in foreign jurisdictions, including:

exposure to different legal and regulatory standards;
lack of stringent protection of intellectual property;

• 
• 
•  obstacles to obtaining domestic and foreign export, import and other governmental approvals, 

permits and licenses and compliance with foreign laws;

adverse changes in tariffs and trade restrictions;
foreign exchange rate risk;
limitations on the repatriation of earnings;

•  potentially adverse tax consequences and the complexities of foreign value-added tax systems;
• 
• 
• 
•  difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations;
• 
• 
• 

transportation delays and difficulties of managing international distribution channels;
longer collection periods and difficulties in collecting receivables from foreign entities;
increased financing costs; and

24

Table of Contents

•  political, social and economic instability and increased security concerns.

These  risks  may  limit  or  disrupt  our  expansion,  restrict  the  movement  of  funds  or  result  in  the 
deprivation of contractual rights or the taking of property by nationalization or expropriation without fair 
compensation.

Our goal of succeeding as an international company depends, in part, on our ability to develop and 
implement policies and strategies that are effective in anticipating and managing these and other risks in the 
countries in which we do business.  Failure to manage these and other risks may have a material adverse 
effect on our operations in any particular country and on our business as a whole.

We are subject to risks arising from currency exchange rate fluctuations on our international transactions 
and  translation  of  local  currency  results  into  United  States  dollars,  which  could  adversely  affect  our 
profitability.

Our international sales account for approximately 9% of our total net sales, and we intend to continue 
to expand our international presence.  A significant portion of our foreign revenues and expenses are generated 
in the Euro zone, United Kingdom, Switzerland and Australia.  As our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar, 
significant changes in currency exchange rates can result in increased exposure to foreign exchange effects 
on our consolidated results of operations.  We cannot predict changes in currency exchange rates, the impact 
of exchange rate changes, nor the degree to which we will be able to manage the impact of currency exchange 
rate changes.

We  may  seek  to  grow  our  business  through  acquisitions  of  or  investments  in  new  or  complementary 
businesses, products or technologies, and the failure to manage acquisitions or investments, or the failure 
to integrate them with our existing business, could have a material adverse effect on us.

From  time  to  time  we  expect  to  consider  opportunities  to  acquire  or  make  investments  in  other 
technologies, products and businesses that may enhance our capabilities, complement our current products 
or expand the breadth of our markets or customer base.  Potential and completed acquisitions and strategic 
investments involve numerous risks, including:

issues maintaining uniform standards, procedures, controls and policies;

•  problems assimilating the purchased technologies, products or business operations;
• 
•  unanticipated costs associated with acquisitions;
•  diversion of management’s attention from our core business;
• 
• 
•  potential loss of key employees of acquired businesses; and
• 

adverse effects on existing business relationships with suppliers and customers;
risks associated with entering new markets in which we have limited or no experience;

increased legal and accounting compliance costs.

We do not know if we will be able to identify acquisitions we deem suitable, whether we will be able 
to successfully complete any such acquisitions on favorable terms or at all, or whether we will be able to 
successfully  integrate  any  acquired  business,  product  or  technology  into  our  business  or  retain  any  key 
personnel, suppliers or distributors.  Our ability to successfully grow through acquisitions depends upon our 
ability to identify, negotiate, complete and integrate suitable target businesses and to obtain any necessary 
financing.  These efforts could be expensive and time-consuming, and may disrupt our ongoing business and 
prevent management from focusing on our operations.  If we are unable to integrate any acquired businesses, 
products  or  technologies  effectively,  our  business,  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition  will  be 
materially adversely affected.

25

Table of Contents

We are required to maintain high levels of inventory, which could consume a significant amount of our 
resources and reduce our cash flows.

As a result of the need to maintain substantial levels of inventory, we are subject to the risk of inventory 
obsolescence.  Many of our products come in sets, which feature components in a variety of sizes to satisfy 
the particular patient’s anatomical needs.  In order to market our products effectively, we often must maintain 
implant sets consisting of the full range of product sizes.  For each surgery, fewer than all of the components 
of the set are used, and therefore certain portions of the set, like uncommon sizes, may become obsolete 
before they can be used.  In the event that a substantial portion of our inventory becomes obsolete, it could 
have a material adverse effect on our earnings and cash flows due to the resulting costs associated with the 
inventory impairment charges and costs required to replace such inventory.

If we experience significant disruptions in our information technology systems, our business, results of 
operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

The efficient operation of our business depends on our information technology systems.  We rely on 

our information technology systems to effectively manage:

sales and marketing, accounting and financial functions;
inventory management;
engineering and product development tasks; and

• 
• 
• 
•  our research and development data.

Our information technology systems are vulnerable to damage or interruption from:

earthquakes, fires, floods and other natural disasters;
terrorist attacks and attacks by computer viruses or hackers;

• 
• 
•  power losses; and
• 

computer systems, or Internet, telecommunications or data network failures.

The  failure  of  our  information  technology  systems  to  perform  as  we  anticipate  or  our  failure  to 
effectively implement new systems could disrupt our entire operation and could result in decreased sales, 
increased overhead costs, excess inventory and product shortages, all of which could have a material adverse 
effect on our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition.

Consolidation in the healthcare industry could lead to demands for price concessions or to the exclusion 
of some suppliers from certain of our markets, which could have an adverse effect on our business, results 
of operations or financial condition.

Because  healthcare  costs  have  risen  significantly  over  the  past  decade,  numerous  initiatives  and 
reforms  initiated  by  legislators,  regulators  and  third-party  payors  to  curb  these  costs  have  resulted  in  a 
consolidation trend in the healthcare industry to aggregate purchasing power.  As the healthcare industry 
consolidates,  competition  to  provide  products  and  services  to  industry  participants  has  become  and  will 
continue to become more intense.  This in turn has resulted and will likely continue to result in greater pricing 
pressures  and  the  exclusion  of  certain  suppliers  from  important  market  segments  as  group  purchasing 
organizations, independent delivery networks and large single accounts continue to use their market power 
to consolidate purchasing decisions for hospitals.  We expect that market demand, government regulation, 
third-party coverage and reimbursement policies and societal pressures will continue to change the worldwide 
healthcare industry, resulting in further business consolidations and alliances among our customers, which 

26

Table of Contents

may reduce competition, exert further downward pressure on the prices of our products and may adversely 
impact our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Fluctuations  in  insurance  cost  and  availability  could  adversely  affect  our  profitability  or  our  risk 
management profile.

We hold a number of insurance policies, including product liability insurance, directors’ and officers’ 
liability insurance, property insurance, health insurance and workers’ compensation insurance.  If the costs 
of maintaining adequate insurance coverage increase significantly in the future, our operating results could 
be  materially  adversely  affected.    Likewise,  if  any  of  our  current  insurance  coverage  should  become 
unavailable to us or become economically impractical, we would be required to operate our business without 
indemnity from commercial insurance providers.  If we operate our business without insurance, we could 
be responsible for paying claims or judgments against us that would have otherwise been covered by insurance, 
which could adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition.

Risks Related to our Legal and Regulatory Environment

Our medical device products and operations are subject to extensive governmental regulation both in the 
United States and abroad, and our failure to comply with applicable requirements could cause our business 
to suffer.

The medical device industry is regulated extensively by governmental authorities, principally the 
FDA  and  corresponding  state  and  foreign  regulatory  agencies.    The  FDA  and  other  U.S.  and  foreign 
governmental agencies regulate, among other things, with respect to medical devices:

•  design, development and manufacturing;
testing, labeling, content and language of instructions for use and storage;
• 
clinical trials;
• 
•  product safety;
•  marketing, sales and distribution;
•  pre-market clearance and approval;
• 
• 
• 
•  post-market surveillance, including reporting of deaths or serious injuries and malfunctions that, 

record keeping procedures;
advertising and promotion;
recalls and field safety corrective actions;

if they were to recur, could lead to death or serious injury;

•  post-market approval studies; and
•  product import and export.

The regulations to which we are subject are complex and have tended to become more stringent over 
time; see “Item 1. Business; Government Regulation” for a summary of certain regulations to which we 
are subject.  Regulatory changes could result in restrictions on our ability to carry on or expand our operations, 
higher than anticipated costs or lower than anticipated sales.

The processes by which 510(k) clearance or PMA approval is obtained can be expensive and lengthy 
and require the payment of significant fees.  The FDA’s 510(k) clearance process usually takes from three 
to 12 months, but may last longer.  The process of obtaining a PMA is much more costly and uncertain than 
the  510(k)  clearance  process  and  generally  takes  one  to  three  years,  or  even  longer,  from  the  time  the 
application  is  submitted  to  the  FDA  until  an  approval  is  obtained.   The  process  of  obtaining  regulatory 
clearances through the 510(k) process or approvals through the PMA process to market a medical device in 

27

Table of Contents

the United States or internationally can be costly and time-consuming, and we may not be able to obtain 
these clearances or approvals on a timely basis, if at all.

In  the  United  States,  all  of  our  currently  commercialized  medical  device  products,  other  than 
SECURE®-C have either received pre-market clearance under Section 510(k) of the FDCA or are exempt 
from pre-market review.  If the FDA requires us to go through a lengthier, more rigorous examination for 
future products or modifications to existing products than we had expected, our product introductions or 
modifications could be delayed or canceled, which could cause our sales to decline and potentially harm our 
ability to compete.  In addition, if the FDA disagrees with our determination that a product we currently 
market is subject to an exemption from pre-market review, the FDA may require us to submit a 510(k) or 
PMA and may require us to cease distribution of the product and/or recall the product unless and until we 
obtain 510(k) clearance or PMA.  Further, even with respect to those future products where a PMA is not 
required, we cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain the 510(k) clearances with respect to those 
products.  The FDA may also reclassify devices currently on the market from Class II to Class III, which 
could result in additional regulatory burden requiring submission and a PMA prior to marketing, or could 
result in FDA rescinding a 510(k) for a previously cleared device.

The FDA can delay, limit or deny clearance or approval of a device for many reasons, including:

•  we may not be able to demonstrate to the FDA’s satisfaction that our products are safe and effective 

for their intended uses;
the data from our pre-clinical studies and clinical trials may be insufficient to support clearance 
or approval, where required; and
the manufacturing process or facilities we use may not meet applicable requirements.

• 

• 

In addition, the FDA may change its clearance and approval policies, adopt additional regulations or 
revise existing regulations, or take other actions which may prevent or delay approval or clearance of our 
products under development or impact our ability to modify our currently approved or cleared products on 
a timely basis.  It is also possible that, if we obtain new FDA regulatory clearances or approvals, the clearances 
or approvals may contain limitations on the indicated uses or may prohibit certain uses which may impact 
the marketability of the product.

Any delay in, or failure to receive or maintain, clearance or approval for our medical device products 
under development could prevent us from generating revenue from these products or achieving profitability.  
Additionally,  the  FDA  and  other  regulatory  authorities  have  broad  enforcement  powers.    Regulatory 
enforcement or inquiries, or other increased scrutiny on us, could dissuade some surgeons from using our 
products and adversely affect our reputation and the perceived safety and efficacy of our products.

In addition, even after we have obtained the proper regulatory approval to market a product, the FDA 
has the power to require us to conduct postmarketing studies.  For example, the FDA issued a Section 522 
Order  in  October  2009  requiring  companies  that  market  dynamic  stabilization  systems,  such  as  our 
TRANSITION®  system,  to  conduct  postmarketing  studies  on  those  systems.   These  studies  can  be  very 
expensive and time-consuming to conduct.  Failure to comply with those studies in a timely manner could 
result in the revocation of the 510(k) clearance for the product that is subject to such a Section 522 Order 
and the recall or withdrawal of the product, which could prevent us from generating sales from that product 
in the United States.

Similarly, we must comply with numerous international laws and regulations in order to market our 
products outside of the United States; see “Item 1. Business; Government Regulation; International” for 
a summary of certain international laws and regulations to which we are subject.  As is the case in the United 

28

Table of Contents

States,  the  applicable  regulatory  body  may  change  its  clearance  and  approval  policies,  adopt  additional 
regulations  or  revise  existing  regulations,  or  take  other  actions  which  may  prevent  or  delay  approval  or 
clearance of our products under development or impact our ability to modify our currently approved or 
cleared products on a timely basis.  Any delay in, or failure to receive or maintain, clearance or approval for 
our products under development could prevent us from generating revenue from these products or achieving 
profitability.  Conducting clinical studies to obtain clinical data that might be required as part of the clinical 
evaluation process can be expensive and time-consuming.  Additionally, the regulatory authorities have broad 
enforcement powers.  Regulatory enforcement or inquiries, or other increased scrutiny on us, could dissuade 
some surgeons from using our products and adversely affect the perceived safety and efficacy of our products 
and our reputation.

Failure to comply with applicable regulations could jeopardize our ability to sell our products and 

result in enforcement actions such as:

fines;
injunctions;
civil penalties;
termination of distribution;
recalls or seizures of products;

•  warning letters;
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
•  delays in the introduction of products into the market;
• 
• 
•  withdrawals or suspensions of current clearances or approvals, resulting in prohibitions on sales of 

total or partial suspension of production;
refusal of the FDA or other regulator to grant future clearances or approvals;

our products; and/or
in the most serious cases, criminal penalties.

• 

Any of these sanctions could result in higher than anticipated costs or lower than anticipated sales 
and have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition.  
For example, in February 2012 we executed a settlement agreement with the FDA in which we and our CEO, 
David C. Paul, agreed to pay a total of $1.0 million in exchange for the FDA’s release of claims related solely 
to the FDA’s determination that we failed to obtain the 510(k) clearance required for the sale of our NUBONE® 
product, which we ceased selling in the United States in December 2010.

Modifications to our products may require new 510(k) clearances or PMAs, or may require us to cease 
marketing or recall the modified products until clearances are obtained.

Any modification to a 510(k)-cleared device that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness 
or that would constitute a major change in its intended use, design, or manufacture, requires a new 510(k) 
clearance or, possibly, approval of a PMA.  The FDA requires every manufacturer to make this determination 
in the first instance, but the FDA may review any manufacturer’s decision.  The FDA may not agree with 
our decisions regarding whether new clearances or approvals are necessary.  We have modified some of our 
510(k)-cleared products, and have determined based on our review of the applicable FDA guidance that in 
certain  instances  new  510(k)  clearances  or  PMAs  are  not  required.    If  the  FDA  disagrees  with  our 
determination and requires us to submit new 510(k) notifications or PMAs for modifications to our previously 
cleared products for which we have concluded that new clearances or approvals are unnecessary, we may be 
required to cease marketing or to recall the modified product until we obtain clearance or approval, and we 
may be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties.

29

Table of Contents

Our HCT/P products are subject to extensive government regulation and our failure to comply with these 
requirements could cause our business to suffer.

In the United States, we are marketing our human tissue products as Section 361 HCT/Ps, which are 
not  subject  to  FDA  premarket  clearance  or  approval  requirements.    The  FDA  could  disagree  with  our 
determination that our human tissue products are Section 361 HCT/Ps and could determine that these products 
are biologics requiring a biological license application approval or medical devices requiring 510(k) clearance 
or PMA approval.  FDA may then require that we cease marketing our human tissue products and/or recall 
the products unless and until we receive the appropriate clearance or approval from FDA.

HCT/Ps also are subject to donor eligibility and screening, CGTP, product labeling, and postmarket 
reporting requirements.  If we or our suppliers fail to comply with these requirements, we could be subject 
to FDA enforcement action, including, for example, warning letters, fines, injunctions, product recalls or 
seizures, and, in the most serious cases, criminal penalties.

We may fail to obtain or maintain foreign regulatory approvals to market our products in other countries.

We currently market our products internationally and intend to expand our international marketing.  
International jurisdictions require separate regulatory approvals and compliance with numerous and varying 
regulatory requirements.  For example, we intend to continue to seek regulatory clearance to market our 
primary products in the EEA, Brazil, Canada and other key markets.  The approval procedures vary among 
countries and may involve requirements for additional testing, and the time required to obtain approval may 
differ from country to country and from that required to obtain FDA clearance or approval.

Clearance or approval by the FDA does not ensure approval or certification by regulatory authorities 
in other countries or jurisdictions, and approval or certification by one foreign regulatory authority does not 
ensure approval or certification by regulatory authorities in other foreign countries or by the FDA.  The 
foreign regulatory approval or certification process may include all of the risks associated with obtaining 
FDA clearance or approval.  We may not obtain foreign regulatory approvals on a timely basis, if at all.  We 
may not be able to file for regulatory approvals or certifications and may not receive necessary approvals to 
commercialize our products in any market.  If we fail to receive necessary approvals or certifications to 
commercialize  our  products  in  foreign  jurisdictions  on  a  timely  basis,  or  at  all,  our  business,  results  of 
operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Additionally, in the EEA, we must inform the Notified Body that carried out the conformity assessment 
of the medical devices we market or sell in the EEA of any planned substantial changes to our quality system 
or changes to our devices which could affect compliance with the essential requirements or the devices’ 
intended use.  The Notified Body will then assess the changes and verify whether they affect the products’ 
conformity.  If the assessment is not favorable, it could prevent us from selling that product in the EEA, 
which could adversely impact our business and results of operations.

We are subject to risks associated with our non-U.S. operations.

The  FCPA  and  similar  worldwide  anti-bribery  laws  in  non-U.S.  jurisdictions  generally  prohibit 
companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments for the purpose of obtaining or retaining 
business.  The FCPA also imposes accounting standards and requirements on publicly traded U.S. corporations 
and their foreign affiliates, which are intended to prevent the diversion of corporate funds to the payment of 
bribes and other improper payments, and to prevent the establishment of “off books” slush funds from which 
such improper payments can be made.  Because of the predominance of government-sponsored healthcare 
systems  around  the  world,  many  of  our  customer  relationships  outside  of  the  United  States  are  with 

30

Table of Contents

governmental entities and are therefore subject to such anti-bribery laws.  Our internal control policies and 
procedures may not always protect us from reckless or criminal acts committed by our employees or agents.  
Violations of these laws, or allegations of such violations, could disrupt our operations, involve significant 
management distraction and result in a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and 
financial condition.  We also could suffer severe penalties, including criminal and civil penalties, disgorgement 
and other remedial measures, including further changes or enhancements to our procedures, policies and 
controls, as well as potential personnel changes and disciplinary actions.

Furthermore, we are subject to the export controls and economic embargo rules and regulations of 
the United States, including, but not limited to, the Export Administration Regulations and trade sanctions 
against embargoed countries, which are administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control within the 
Department of the Treasury, as well as the laws and regulations administered by the Department of Commerce.  
These regulations limit our ability to market, sell, distribute or otherwise transfer our products or technology 
to prohibited countries or persons.  A determination that we have failed to comply, whether knowingly or 
inadvertently, may result in substantial penalties, including fines and enforcement actions and civil and/or 
criminal sanctions, the disgorgement of profits and the imposition of a court-appointed monitor, as well as 
the denial of export privileges, and may have an adverse effect on our reputation.

These and other factors may have a material adverse effect on our international operations or on our 

business, results of operations and financial condition generally.

If we or our suppliers fail to comply with the FDA’s good manufacturing practice regulations and similar 
international regulations, this could impair our ability to market our products in a cost-effective and timely 
manner.

We and our third-party suppliers are required to comply with the FDA’s Quality System Regulation 
(“QSR”), which covers the methods and documentation of the design, testing, production, control, quality 
assurance, labeling, packaging, sterilization, storage and shipping of our products.  In addition, suppliers and 
processors of allograft must comply with the CGTP, which govern the methods used in and the facilities and 
controls used for the manufacture of human cell tissue and cellular and tissue-based products, record-keeping 
and the establishment of a quality program.

The FDA audits compliance with the QSR and CGTP requirements through periodic announced and 
unannounced inspections of manufacturing and other facilities.  The FDA may conduct inspections or audits 
at any time.  If we or our suppliers have significant non-compliance issues or if any corrective action plan 
that we or our suppliers propose in response to observed deficiencies is not sufficient, the FDA could take 
enforcement action, including any of the following sanctions:

customer notifications or repair, replacement, refunds, recall, detention or seizure of our products;

•  untitled letters, warning letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties;
• 
•  operating restrictions or partial suspension or total shutdown of production;
• 

refusing  or  delaying  our  requests  for  510(k)  clearance  or  PMA  of  new  products  or  modified 
products;

•  withdrawing 510(k) clearances or PMAs that have already been granted;
• 
• 

refusal to grant export approval for our products; or
criminal prosecution.

Any of these sanctions could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of 

operations and financial condition.

31

Table of Contents

Outside the United States, our products and operations are also often required to comply with standards 
set by industrial standards bodies, such as the ISO.  Foreign regulatory bodies may evaluate our products or 
the testing that our products undergo against these standards.  The specific standards, types of evaluation 
and scope of review differ among foreign regulatory bodies.  We intend to comply with the standards enforced 
by such foreign regulatory bodies as needed to commercialize our products.  If we fail to adequately comply 
with any of these standards, a foreign regulatory body may take adverse actions similar to those within the 
power of the FDA.  Any such action may harm our reputation and business, and could have an adverse effect 
on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

A recall of our products, either voluntarily or at the direction of the FDA or another governmental authority, 
or the discovery of serious safety issues with our products, could have a significant adverse impact on us.  

The FDA and similar foreign governmental authorities have the authority to require the recall of 
commercialized products in the event of material deficiencies or defects in design or manufacture or in the 
event that a product poses an unacceptable risk to health.  Manufacturers may, under their own initiative, 
recall a product if any material deficiency in a device is found.  A government-mandated or voluntary recall 
by us or one of our distributors could occur as a result of an unacceptable risk to health, component failures, 
manufacturing  errors,  design  or  labeling  defects  or  other  deficiencies  and  issues.    Recalls  of  any  of  our 
products would divert managerial and financial resources and have an adverse effect on our reputation, results 
of operations and financial condition, which could impair our ability to produce our products in a cost-
effective and timely manner in order to meet our customers’ demands.  We may also be required to bear other 
costs or take other actions that may have a negative impact on our future sales and our ability to generate 
profits.

In the EEA, we must comply with the EU Medical Device Vigilance System.  Under this system,  
manufacturers are required to take Field Safety Corrective Actions (“FSCAs”) to reduce a risk of death or 
serious deterioration in the state of health associated with the use of a medical device that is already placed 
on the market.  A FSCA may include the recall, modification, exchange, destruction or retrofitting of the 
device.

Any adverse event involving our products, whether in the United States or abroad, could result in 
future  voluntary  corrective  actions,  such  as  recalls  or  customer  notifications,  or  agency  action,  such  as 
inspection,  mandatory  recall  or  other  enforcement  action.   Any  corrective  action,  whether  voluntary  or 
involuntary, as well as defending ourselves in a lawsuit, will require the dedication of our time and capital, 
distract management from operating our business and may harm our reputation and financial results.

We may be subject to enforcement action if we engage in the off-label promotion of our products.

Our promotional materials and training methods must comply with FDA and other applicable laws 
and regulations, including the prohibition of the promotion of off-label use.  Physicians may use our products 
off-label, as the FDA does not restrict or regulate a physician’s choice of treatment within the practice of 
medicine.  However, if the FDA determines that our promotional efforts constitutes promotion of an off-
label use, it could request that we modify our training or promotional efforts or subject us to regulatory or 
enforcement actions, including the issuance of an untitled letter, a warning letter, injunction, seizure, civil 
fine and criminal penalties.  It is also possible that other federal, state or foreign enforcement authorities, 
such as the Department of Justice (“DOJ”), might take action if they consider our promotional or training 
materials to constitute promotion of an unapproved/off-label use, which could result in significant criminal 
and/or civil fines or penalties under other statutory authorities, such as laws prohibiting false claims for 
reimbursement (e.g., the False Claims Act).  In that event, our reputation could be damaged and adoption of 
the products would be impaired.  Although our policy is to refrain from statements that could be considered 

32

Table of Contents

off-label promotion of our products, the FDA or another regulatory agency could disagree and conclude that 
we have engaged in off-label promotion.  In addition, the off-label use of our products may increase the risk 
of injury to patients, and, in turn, the risk of product liability claims.  Product liability claims are expensive 
to defend and could divert our management’s attention, result in substantial damage awards against us and 
harm our reputation.

Governmental regulation and limited sources and suppliers could restrict our procurement and use of 
tissue.

In the United States, the procurement and transplantation of allograft bone tissue is subject to federal 
law pursuant to the NOTA, a criminal statute which prohibits the purchase and sale of human organs used 
in human transplantation, including bone and related tissue, for “valuable consideration.” NOTA permits 
reasonable payments associated with the removal, transportation, processing, preservation, quality control, 
implantation and storage of human bone tissue.  We provide services in all of these areas in the United States, 
with  the  exception  of  removal  and  implantation,  and  receive  payments  for  all  such  services.   We  make 
payments to tissue banks for their services related to recovering allograft bone tissue on our behalf.  If NOTA 
is interpreted or enforced in a manner that prevents us from receiving payment for services we render or that 
prevents us from paying tissue banks or certain of our clients for the services they render for us, our business 
could be materially adversely affected.

We  depend  on  a  limited  number  of  sources  of  human  tissue  for  use  in  some  of  our  regenerative 
biologics products and a limited number of entities to process the human tissue for use in those regenerative 
biologics products, and any failure to obtain tissue from these sources or to have the tissue processed by 
these entities for us in a timely manner will interfere with our ability to effectively meet demand for our 
regenerative biologics products incorporating human tissue.  Less than five third-party suppliers currently 
supply all of our needs for allograft implants and products, other than those implants and products that we 
process ourselves.  The processing of human tissue into our regenerative biologics products is very labor-
intensive and it is therefore difficult to maintain a steady supply stream.  In addition, due to seasonal changes 
in mortality rates, some scarce tissues used in our regenerative biologics products are at times in particularly 
short supply.  We cannot be certain that our current supply of human tissue and allograft implants, plus any 
additional source that we identify in the future, will be sufficient to meet our needs.  Our dependence on a 
small number of third-party suppliers and the challenges we may face in obtaining adequate supplies of 
human tissue involve several risks, including limited control over pricing, availability, quality and delivery 
schedules.  In addition, any interruption in the supply of any human tissue component could materially harm 
our and our third-party suppliers’ ability to manufacture our regenerative biologics products until a new 
source of supply, if any, could be found.  We may be unable to find a sufficient alternative supply channel 
in a reasonable time period or on commercially reasonable terms, if at all, which would have a material 
adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Negative publicity concerning methods of tissue recovery and screening of donor tissue in our industry 
could reduce demand for our regenerative biologics products and impact the supply of available donor 
tissue.

Media reports or other negative publicity concerning both alleged improper methods of tissue recovery 
from donors and disease transmission from donated tissue could limit widespread acceptance of some of our 
regenerative biologics products.  Unfavorable reports of improper or illegal tissue recovery practices, both 
in the United States and internationally, as well as incidents of improperly processed tissue leading to the 
transmission  of  disease,  may  broadly  affect  the  rate  of  future  tissue  donation  and  market  acceptance  of 
technologies incorporating human tissue.  In addition, such negative publicity could cause the families of 
potential donors to become reluctant to agree to donate tissue to for-profit tissue processors.  For example, 
33

Table of Contents

the media has reported examples of alleged illegal harvesting of body parts from cadavers and resulting 
recalls conducted by certain companies selling human tissue based products affected by the alleged illegal 
harvesting.  These reports and others could have a negative effect on our tissue regeneration business.

We are subject to environmental laws and regulations that can impose significant costs and expose us to 
potential financial liabilities.

The manufacture of certain of our products, including our allograft implants and products, and the 
handling of materials used in the product testing process, including in our cadaveric laboratory, involve the 
controlled use of biological, hazardous and/or radioactive materials and wastes.  Our business and facilities 
and those of our suppliers are subject to foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the 
protection of human health and the environment, including those governing the use, manufacture, storage, 
handling and disposal of, and exposure to, such materials and wastes.  In addition, under some environmental 
laws and regulations, we could be held responsible for costs relating to any contamination at our past or 
present facilities and at third-party waste disposal sites even if such contamination was not caused by us.  A 
failure to comply with current or future environmental laws and regulations could result in severe fines or 
penalties.  Any such expenses or liability could have a significant negative impact on our business, results 
of operations and financial condition.

We or our suppliers may be the subject of claims for non-compliance with FDA regulations in connection 
with the processing, manufacturing or distribution of our proposed allograft or other regenerative biologics 
implants and products.

Allegations may be made against us or against donor recovery groups or tissue banks, including those 
with which we have a contractual supplier relationship, claiming that the acquisition or processing of tissue 
for allograft implants and products or other regenerative biologics products does not comply with applicable 
FDA regulations or other relevant statutes and regulations.  Allegations like these could cause regulators or 
other authorities to take investigative or other action against us or our suppliers, or could cause negative 
publicity for us or our industry generally.  These actions or any negative publicity could cause us to incur 
substantial costs, divert the attention of our management from our business and harm our reputation.

We and our distributor sales representatives might be subject to claims for failing to comply with U.S. 
federal, state and foreign fraud and abuse laws, including anti-kickback laws and other anti-referral laws.  

There are numerous U.S. federal and state laws pertaining to healthcare fraud and abuse, including 
anti-kickback  laws  and  physician  self-referral  laws.    Our  relationships  with  surgeons,  hospitals  and  our 
independent distributors are subject to scrutiny under these laws.  Violations of these laws are punishable by 
criminal and civil sanctions, including, in some instances, imprisonment and exclusion from participation 
in federal and state healthcare programs, including the Medicare, Medicaid and Veterans Administration 
health programs.  Because of the broad and far-reaching nature of these laws, we may be required to alter or 
discontinue one or more of our business practices to be in compliance with these laws.

Healthcare fraud and abuse regulations are complex, and even minor irregularities can potentially 
give rise to claims that a statute or prohibition has been violated.  Examples of laws that may affect our ability 
to operate include:

• 

the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons from knowingly 
and  willfully  soliciting,  receiving,  offering  or  paying  remuneration,  directly  or  indirectly,  in 
exchange  for  or  to  induce  either  the  referral  of  an  individual  for,  or  the  purchase,  order  or 

34

Table of Contents

recommendation of, any good or service for which payment may be made under federal healthcare 
programs such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs;
federal  false  claims  laws  which  prohibit,  among  other  things,  individuals  or  entities  from 
knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for payment from Medicare, Medicaid, 
or other third-party payors that are false or fraudulent;
the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, which created federal 
criminal  laws  that  prohibit  executing  a  scheme  to  defraud  any  healthcare  benefit  program  or 
making false statements relating to healthcare matters;
the  Federal  Trade  Commission Act  and  similar  laws  regulating  advertisement  and  consumer 
protections;
the FCPA, which prohibits corrupt payments, gifts or transfers of value to foreign officials; 
foreign and U.S. state law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback 
and false claims laws which may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, 
including commercial insurers; and
the  Physician  Payment  Sunshine Act,  which  requires  medical  device  companies  to  report  all 
compensation, gifts and benefits they have provided to certain healthcare professionals.

• 

• 

• 

• 
• 

• 

Possible sanctions for violation of these laws include monetary fines, civil and criminal penalties, 
exclusion from Medicare and Medicaid programs and forfeiture of amounts collected in violation of such 
prohibitions.  Any violations of these laws, or any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we 
successfully defend against it, could result in a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of 
operations and financial condition.

We have entered into consulting, royalty and other agreements with surgeons, including some who 
make referrals to us.  In addition, some of our referring surgeons own our stock, which they either purchased 
in an arm’s length transaction on terms identical to those offered to non-referral sources or received from us 
as fair market value consideration for consulting services performed.  While these transactions were structured 
with the intention of complying with all applicable laws, including the federal ban on physician self-referrals, 
commonly known as the “Stark Law,” state anti-referral laws and other applicable anti-kickback laws, it is 
possible  that  regulatory  agencies  may  view  these  transactions  as  prohibited  arrangements  that  must  be 
restructured, or discontinued, or for which we could be subject to other significant penalties.  Regulators also 
could prohibit us from accepting payment for referrals from these surgeons.  We would be materially and 
adversely affected if regulatory agencies interpret our financial relationships with spine surgeons who order 
our products to be in violation of applicable laws and we were unable to comply with applicable laws.  This 
could subject us to monetary penalties for non-compliance, the cost of which could be substantial, or we 
may be unable to accept referrals from such surgeons.

To enforce compliance with the federal laws, the DOJ has increased its scrutiny of interactions between 
healthcare companies and healthcare providers, which has led to a number of investigations, prosecutions, 
convictions and settlements in the healthcare industry.  Dealing with investigations can be time- and resource-
consuming and can divert management’s attention from the business.  Additionally, if an investigation were 
initiated involving us and we decided to settle that investigation with the DOJ or other law enforcement 
agencies, we may be forced to agree to additional onerous compliance and reporting requirements as part of 
a consent decree or corporate integrity agreement.  Any such investigation or settlement could increase our 
costs or otherwise have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, there has been a recent trend of increased federal and state regulation of payments made 
to  physicians  for  marketing.    Some  states,  such  as  California,  Massachusetts  and  Vermont,  mandate 
implementation  of  commercial  compliance  programs,  along  with  the  tracking  and  reporting  of  gifts, 
compensation and other remuneration to physicians.  The shifting commercial compliance environment and 
35

Table of Contents

the need to build and maintain robust and expandable systems to comply with different compliance and/or 
reporting requirements in multiple jurisdictions increase the possibility that a healthcare company may run 
afoul of one or more of the requirements.

The scope and enforcement of these laws is uncertain and subject to rapid change in the current 
environment of healthcare reform, especially in light of the lack of applicable precedent and regulations.  
Federal or state regulatory authorities might challenge our current or future activities under these laws.  Any 
such challenge could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of operations and 
financial condition.  In addition to the penalties described above, any state or federal regulatory review of 
us, regardless of the outcome, would be costly and time-consuming and could have a material adverse effect 
on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Related to our Financial Results and Need for Financing

We will need to generate significant sales to remain profitable.

We  intend  to  increase  our  operating  expenses  substantially  as  we  add  sales  representatives  and 
distributors to increase our geographic sales coverage, submit additional investigational device exemption 
(“IDE”) applications to the FDA, increase our marketing capabilities, conduct clinical trials and increase our 
general and administrative functions to support our growing operations.  We will need to generate significant 
sales to maintain profitability and we might not be able to do so.  Even if we do generate significant sales, 
we might not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis in the future.  If our 
sales grow more slowly than we anticipate or if our operating expenses exceed our expectations, our business, 
financial condition and results of operations will likely be adversely affected.

We may be unable to grow our revenue or earnings as anticipated, which may have a material adverse 
effect on our results of operations.

We have experienced rapid growth since our inception and have increased our revenues to $544.8 
million in 2015.  Our ability to achieve future growth will depend upon, among other things, the success of 
our growth strategies, which we cannot assure will be successful.  In addition, we may have more difficulty 
maintaining our historical or prior rate of growth of revenues, profitability or cash flows.  Our future success 
will depend upon numerous factors, including the strength of our brand, the market success of our current 
and future products, competitive conditions, our ability to attract and retain our employees and our ability 
to manage our business and implement our growth strategy.  If we are unable to achieve future growth, our 
business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.  In addition, we anticipate 
significantly expanding our infrastructure and adding personnel in connection with our anticipated growth, 
which we expect will cause our selling, general and administrative expenses to increase, which could adversely 
impact our results of operations.

Our quarterly and annual operating results may fluctuate significantly.

Our operating results are difficult to predict and may be subject to periodic fluctuations.  Our sales 

and results of operations will be affected by numerous factors, including:

•  our ability to drive increased sales of our products;
•  our ability to establish and maintain an effective and dedicated sales force;
•  pricing  pressure  applicable  to  our  products,  including  adverse  third-party  coverage  and 

reimbursement outcomes;
results of clinical research and trials on our existing products and products in development;

• 

36

Table of Contents

• 
• 

• 

• 
• 

the mix of our products sold because profit margins differ amongst our products;
timing of new product offerings, acquisitions, licenses or other significant events by us or our 
competitors;
the  ability  of  our  suppliers  to  timely  provide  us  with  an  adequate  supply  of  materials  and 
components;
the evolving product offerings of our competitors;
regulatory approvals and legislative changes affecting the products we may offer or those of our 
competitors;
interruption in the manufacturing or distribution of our products;
the effect of competing technological, industry and market developments;
changes in our ability to obtain regulatory clearance or approval for our products; and

• 
• 
• 
•  our ability to expand the geographic reach of our sales and marketing efforts.

Many of the products we may seek to develop and introduce in the future will require FDA approval 
or clearance before commercialization in the United States, and commercialization of such products outside 
of the United States would likely require additional regulatory approvals and import licenses.  As a result, it 
will be difficult for us to forecast demand for these products with any degree of certainty.  In addition, we 
will be increasing our operating expenses as we expand our commercial capabilities.  Accordingly, we may 
experience significant, unanticipated quarterly or annual losses.  If our quarterly or annual operating results 
fall below the expectations of investors or securities analysts, the price of our Class A common stock could 
decline substantially.  Furthermore, any quarterly or annual fluctuations in our operating results may, in turn, 
cause the price of our Class A common stock to fluctuate substantially.  We believe that quarterly comparisons 
of our financial results are not necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon as an indication of our 
future performance.

The availability of funding under existing credit arrangements might be limited, and our cash and cash 
equivalents are subject to volatility.

Any lender that is obligated to provide funding to us under any now existing or future credit agreement 
with us may not be able to provide funding in a timely manner, or at all, when we require it.  The cost of, or 
lack of, available credit or equity financing could impact our ability to develop sufficient liquidity to maintain 
or grow our company, which in turn may adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial 
condition.  We also manage cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments through various institutions.  
There may be a risk of loss on investments based on the volatility of the underlying instruments that will 
prevent us from recovering the full principal of our investments.  Negative changes in domestic and global 
economic conditions or disruptions of either or both of the financial and credit markets may also affect third-
party  payors  and  may  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  stock  price,  business,  results  of  operations, 
financial condition and liquidity.

Our future capital needs are uncertain and we may need to raise funds in the future, and such funds may 
not be available on acceptable terms or at all.

Continued expansion of our business will be expensive and we may seek funds from public and 
private stock offerings, borrowings under our existing or future credit facilities or other sources.  Our capital 
requirements will depend on many factors, including:

• 
• 
• 
• 

the revenues generated by sales of our products;
the costs associated with expanding our sales and marketing efforts;
the expenses we incur in manufacturing and selling our products;
the costs of developing and commercializing new products or technologies;

37

Table of Contents

• 

• 
• 
• 

the cost of obtaining and maintaining regulatory approval or clearance of our products and products 
in development;
the number and timing of acquisitions and other strategic transactions;
the costs associated with our planned international expansion;
the  costs  associated  with  increased  capital  expenditures,  including  fixed  asset  purchases  of 
instrument sets which we loan to hospitals to support surgeries; and

•  unanticipated general and administrative expenses.

As a result of these factors, we may seek to raise capital, and such capital may not be available on 
favorable terms, or at all.  Furthermore, if we issue equity or debt securities to raise capital, our existing 
stockholders may experience dilution, and the new equity or debt securities may have rights, preferences 
and  privileges  senior  to  those  of  our  existing  stockholders.    In  addition,  if  we  raise  capital  through 
collaboration, licensing or other similar arrangements, it may be necessary to relinquish valuable rights to 
our products, potential products or proprietary technologies, or grant licenses on terms that are not favorable 
to us.  If we cannot raise capital on acceptable terms, we may not be able to develop or enhance our products, 
execute our business plan, take advantage of future opportunities, or respond to competitive pressures, changes 
in our supplier relationships, or unanticipated customer requirements.  Any of these events could adversely 
affect our ability to achieve our development and commercialization goals, which could have a material 
adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our existing revolving credit facility contains restrictive covenants that may limit our operating flexibility.

Our existing revolving credit facility contains certain restrictive covenants that limit our ability to 
transfer or dispose of assets, merge with other companies or consummate certain changes of control, acquire 
other companies, pay dividends, incur additional indebtedness and liens, experience changes in management 
and enter into new businesses.  We therefore may not be able to engage in any of the foregoing transactions 
unless we obtain the consent of the lender or terminate the revolving credit facility.  There is no guarantee 
that we will be able to generate sufficient cash flow or sales to meet the financial covenants or pay the 
principal and interest on any such debt.  Furthermore, there is no guarantee that future working capital, 
borrowings or equity financing will be available to repay or refinance any such debt.

Risks Related to our Intellectual Property and Potential Litigation

Our ability to protect our intellectual property and proprietary technology is uncertain.

We rely primarily on patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality 
and non-disclosure agreements and other methods, to protect our proprietary technologies and know-how.  
We have applied for patent protection relating to certain existing and proposed products and processes.  While 
we generally apply for patents in those countries where we intend to make, have made, use or sell patented 
products,  we  may  not  accurately  predict  all  of  the  countries  where  patent  protection  will  ultimately  be 
desirable.  If we fail to timely file a patent application in any such country, we may be precluded from doing 
so at a later date.  Furthermore, we cannot assure you that any of our patent applications will be approved.  
The  rights  granted  to  us  under  our  patents,  including  prospective  rights  sought  in  our  pending  patent 
applications, may not be meaningful or provide us with any commercial advantage and they could be opposed, 
contested  or  circumvented  by  our  competitors  or  be  declared  invalid  or  unenforceable  in  judicial  or 
administrative proceedings.  The failure of our patents to adequately protect our technology might make it 
easier for our competitors to offer the same or similar products or technologies.  Competitors may be able 
to design around our patents or develop products that provide outcomes which are comparable to ours without 
infringing on our intellectual property rights.  We have entered into confidentiality agreements and intellectual 
property  assignment  agreements  with  our  officers,  employees,  consultants  and  advisors  regarding  our 

38

Table of Contents

intellectual property and proprietary technology.  In the event of unauthorized use or disclosure or other 
breaches of such agreements, we may not be provided with meaningful protection for our trade secrets or 
other  proprietary  information.    Due  to  differences  between  foreign  and  U.S.  patent  laws,  our  patented 
intellectual property rights may not receive the same degree of protection in foreign countries as they would 
in the United States.  Even if patents are granted outside the United States, effective enforcement in those 
countries may not be available.  Since most of our issued patents and pending patent applications are for the 
United States only, we lack a corresponding scope of patent protection in other countries.  In countries where 
we do not have significant patent protection, we may not be able to stop a competitor from marketing products 
in such countries that are the same as or similar to our products.

We rely on our trademarks, trade names and brand names to distinguish our products from the products 
of our competitors, and have registered or applied to register many of these trademarks.  We cannot assure 
you  that  our  trademark  applications  will  be  approved.    Third  parties  may  also  oppose  our  trademark 
applications,  or  otherwise  challenge  our  use  of  the  trademarks.    In  the  event  that  our  trademarks  are 
successfully challenged, we could be forced to rebrand our products, which could result in loss of brand 
recognition, and could require us to devote resources to advertising and marketing new brands.  Further, we 
cannot assure you that competitors will not infringe upon our trademarks, or that we will have adequate 
resources to enforce our trademarks.

If a competitor infringes upon one of our patents, trademarks or other intellectual property rights, 
enforcing those patents, trademarks and other rights may be difficult and time consuming.  Even if successful, 
litigation to defend our patents and trademarks against challenges or to enforce our intellectual property 
rights could be expensive and time consuming and could divert management’s attention from managing our 
business.  Moreover, we may not have sufficient resources or desire to defend our patents or trademarks 
against challenges or to enforce our intellectual property rights.

The medical device industry is characterized by patent litigation and we could become subject to litigation 
that could be costly, result in the diversion of management’s time and efforts, require us to pay damages, 
and/or prevent us from marketing our existing or future products.  

Our  commercial  success  will  depend  in  part  on  not  infringing  the  patents  or  violating  the  other 
proprietary rights of third parties.  Significant litigation regarding patent rights exists in our industry.  Our 
competitors in both the United States and abroad, many of which have substantially greater resources and 
have made substantial investments in competing technologies, may have applied for or obtained or may in 
the future apply for and obtain, patents that will prevent, limit or otherwise interfere with our ability to make 
and sell our products.  We have not conducted an independent review of patents issued to third parties.  The 
large number of patents, the rapid rate of new patent issuances, the complexities of the technology involved 
and uncertainty of litigation increase the risk of business assets and management’s attention being diverted 
to patent litigation.  We have received in the past, and expect to receive in the future, communications from 
various industry participants alleging our infringement of their patents, trade secrets or other intellectual 
property rights and/or offering licenses to such intellectual property.  We are currently subject to lawsuits, 
and have received other written allegations, claiming that we have infringed certain patents of others in the 
spine industry, including Bonutti Skeletal Innovations LLC and Flexuspine, Inc.  A summary of the Bonutti 
Skeletal Innovations LLC and Flexuspine, Inc. cases is provided under “Item 3. Legal Proceedings” below.  
Any  lawsuits  resulting  from  such  allegations  could  subject  us  to  significant  liability  for  damages,  and 
invalidate our proprietary rights.  Any potential intellectual property litigation also could force us to do one 
or more of the following:

39

Table of Contents

• 

• 

stop  selling  products  or  using  technology  that  contains  the  allegedly  infringing  intellectual 
property;
lose the opportunity to license our technology to others or to collect royalty payments based upon 
successful protection and assertion of our intellectual property rights against others;
incur significant legal expenses;

• 
•  pay substantial damages to the party whose intellectual property rights we may be found to be 

• 

• 

infringing;
redesign those products that contain the allegedly infringing intellectual property, which could 
be costly and disruptive; or
attempt to obtain a license to the relevant intellectual property from third parties, which may not 
be available on reasonable terms or at all.

Any litigation or claim against us, even those without merit, may cause us to incur substantial costs, 
and could place a significant strain on our financial resources, divert the attention of management from our 
core business, and harm our reputation.  Further, as the number of participants in the spine industry grows, 
the possibility of intellectual property infringement claims against us increases.  If we are found to infringe 
the intellectual property rights of third parties, we could be required to pay substantial damages (including 
treble, or triple, damages if an infringement is found to be willful) and/or royalties and could be prevented 
from selling our products unless we obtain a license or are able to redesign our products to avoid infringement.  
Any such license may not be available on reasonable terms, if at all, and there can be no assurance that we 
would be able to redesign our products in a way that would not infringe the intellectual property rights of 
others.    If  we  fail  to  obtain  any  required  licenses  or  make  any  necessary  changes  to  our  products  or 
technologies, we may have to withdraw existing products from the market or may be unable to commercialize 
one or more of our products, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of 
operations and financial condition.

Further, in the course of our regular review of pending legal matters, we determine whether it is 
probable that a potential loss relating to a legal proceeding may have a material impact on our business, 
financial performance or cash position.  However, estimates of probable losses are inherently uncertain, and 
even if we determine that a loss is probable, in accordance with authoritative accounting guidance, if we are 
unable to estimate the possible loss or range of loss, we do not record an accrual related to such litigation.  
As a result of this accounting policy, we may experience variability in our results of operations if damages 
for which we are found liable exceed the amounts we have accrued.  For example, on January 17, 2014, the 
jury in a misappropriation of trade secret suit filed against us in the Federal District Court for the Eastern 
District of Texas by Sabatino Bianco returned a verdict in favor of Bianco.  In prior periods, we were unable 
to determine the probable outcome in that case or estimate the potential loss.  As a result of that verdict, we 
incurred  $4.3  million  in  damages,  which  reduced  our  2013  U.S.  GAAP  diluted  earnings  per  share  by 
approximately $0.03.  See further discussion under “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of 
Financial Condition and Results of Operations; Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below.

In addition, we generally indemnify our customers and distributors with respect to infringement by 
our products of the proprietary rights of third parties.  Third parties may assert infringement claims against 
our customers or distributors.  These claims may require us to initiate or defend protracted and costly litigation 
on behalf of our customers or distributors, regardless of the merits of these claims.  If any of these claims 
succeed, we may be forced to pay damages on behalf of our customers or distributors or may be required to 
obtain  licenses  for  the  products  they  use.    If  we  cannot  obtain  all  necessary  licenses  on  commercially 
reasonable terms, our customers may be forced to stop using our products.

40

Table of Contents

We may be subject to damages resulting from claims that we, our employees or our independent distributors 
have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets, proprietary or confidential information of our 
competitors or are in breach of non-competition or non-solicitation agreements with our competitors.

Many of our employees were previously employed at other medical device companies, including our 
competitors or potential competitors, in some cases until recently.  Many of our independent distributors sell, 
or in the past have sold, products of our competitors.  We may be subject to claims that we, our employees, 
or  our  independent  distributors  have  inadvertently  or  otherwise  used  or  disclosed  trade  secrets  or  other 
proprietary information of these former employers or competitors.  In addition, we have been and may in 
the future be subject to claims that we caused an employee to breach the terms of his or her non-competition 
or non-solicitation agreement.  Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims.  Even if we are 
successful  in  defending  against  these  claims,  litigation  could  result  in  substantial  costs  and  could  be  a 
distraction to management.  If our defense to those claims fails, in addition to paying monetary damages, we 
may lose valuable personnel.  There can be no assurance that this type of litigation will not continue, and 
any  future  litigation  or  the  threat  thereof  may  adversely  affect  our  ability  to  hire  additional  direct  sales 
representatives.   A  loss  of  key  personnel  or  their  work  product  could  hamper  or  prevent  our  ability  to 
commercialize product candidates, which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations 
and financial condition.

We may incur product liability losses and insurance coverage may be inadequate or unavailable to cover 
these losses.

Our business exposes us to potential product liability claims that are inherent in the testing, design, 
manufacture and sale of medical devices for spine surgery procedures.  The development of allograft implants 
and technologies for human tissue repair and treatment may entail particular risk of transmitting diseases to 
human recipients, which could result in the assertion of substantial product liability claims against us.  Spine 
surgery involves significant risk of serious complications, including bleeding, nerve injury, paralysis and 
even death.  In addition, if longer-term patient results and experience indicates that our products or any 
component of a product cause tissue damage, motor impairment or other adverse effects, we could be subject 
to significant liability.  Furthermore, if spine surgeons are not sufficiently trained in the use of our products, 
they may misuse or ineffectively use our products, which may result in unsatisfactory patient outcomes or 
patient injury.  We could become the subject of product liability lawsuits alleging that component failures, 
manufacturing  flaws,  design  defects  or  inadequate  disclosure  of  product-related  risks  or  product-related 
information resulted in an unsafe condition or injury to patients.  The spine industry has been particularly 
prone to potential product liability claims that are inherent in the testing, manufacture and sale of medical 
devices and products for spine surgery procedures.

A product liability or other damages claim, product recall or product misuse, regardless of the outcome, 
could require us to spend significant time and money in litigation or to pay significant damages or costs, and 
could seriously harm our business.  If our product liability insurance is inadequate to pay a damages award, 
we may have to pay the excess out of our cash reserves, which may harm our financial condition.  Any 
product liability claim brought against us, with or without merit, could result in the increase of the costs we 
incur to obtain product liability insurance or our inability to secure product liability coverage in the future.  
If any of our products are found to cause tissue damage, motor impairment or other adverse effects, we could 
be subject to significant liability.  Even a meritless or unsuccessful product liability claim could harm our 
reputation  in  the  industry,  impair  our  ability  to  sell  one  or  more  of  our  products  in  the  future,  result  in 
significant legal fees and cause significant diversion of management’s attention from managing our business.  
A product liability or other claim, product recall, or product misuse involving any of our products, whether 
or not meritorious, could also materially and adversely harm our reputation and our ability to attract and 
retain customers.

41

Table of Contents

In addition, any product liability claim brought against us, with or without merit, could result in an 
increase of our product liability insurance rates.  Insurance coverage varies in cost and can be difficult to 
obtain, and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to obtain insurance coverage in the future on terms 
acceptable to us or at all.

Risks Related to the Ownership of our Class A Common Stock

Because of their significant stock ownership, our chief executive officer, our other executive officers, and 
our directors and principal stockholders will be able to exert control over us and our significant corporate 
decisions.

Because of their significant stock ownership, our chief executive officer, our other executive officers, 
and our directors will be able to exert substantial control over us and our significant corporate decisions.  
Based on an aggregate of 95,319,722 shares of our Class A and Class B common stock outstanding as of 
December 31,  2015,  our  executive  officers  and  directors  and  their  affiliates  beneficially  owned,  in  the 
aggregate, approximately 77.8% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock.  In particular, as of 
December 31, 2015, David C. Paul, our CEO and his family members, controlled approximately 26.2% of 
our  Class A  and  Class  B  common  stock,  representing  approximately  77.3%  of  the  voting  power  of  our 
outstanding capital stock as of that date.

As a result, David C. Paul has, and these persons acting together have, the ability to significantly 
influence or determine the outcome of all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the 
election and removal of directors and any merger, consolidation, or sale of all or substantially all of our assets.  
Furthermore, as of December 31, 2015, we had 192,586,399 shares of Class B common stock available for 
issuance.   This  amount  exceeds  5%  of  our  outstanding  common  stock,  meaning  our  Board  of  Directors 
(“Board”) could issue Class B common stock without necessarily triggering the automatic conversion of that 
Class B common stock to Class A common stock that, pursuant to our charter, will occur when any holder’s 
shares of Class B common stock represents less than 5% of the aggregate number of all outstanding shares 
of our common stock, thereby further concentrating the voting power of our capital stock in a limited number 
of stockholders.

The interests of our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders might not coincide with 
the interests of the other holders of our capital stock.  This concentration of ownership may harm the value 
of our Class A common stock by, among other things:

•  delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company;
• 

impeding a merger, consolidation, takeover or other business combination involving our company; 
or
causing  us  to  enter  into  transactions  or  agreements  that  are  not  in  the  best  interests  of  all 
stockholders.

• 

We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the New York Stock Exchange Rules, and we take, 
and intend to continue to take, advantage of exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.

David  C.  Paul,  alone,  and  our  management,  directors  and  significant  stockholders,  collectively, 
beneficially own a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock.  Under the New York 
Stock Exchange Rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, 
group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate 
governance requirements, including the requirement that a majority of our directors be independent, as defined 
in the New York Stock Exchange Rules, and the requirement that our compensation and nominating and 

42

Table of Contents

corporate governance committees consist entirely of independent directors.  We rely, and intend to continue 
to rely, on the “controlled company” exemption under the New York Stock Exchange Rules.  As a result, a 
majority of the members of our Board may not be independent directors and our nominating and corporate 
governance and compensation committees will not consist entirely of independent directors.  Accordingly, 
while we remain a controlled company and during any transition period following a time when we are no 
longer a controlled company, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies 
that are subject to all of the New York Stock Exchange’s corporate governance requirements.

Our Board is authorized to issue and designate shares of our preferred stock in additional series without 
stockholder approval.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes our Board, without the approval of 
our  stockholders,  to  issue  35  million  shares  of  our  preferred  stock,  subject  to  limitations  prescribed  by 
applicable  law,  rules  and  regulations  and  the  provisions  of  our  amended  and  restated  certificate  of 
incorporation, as shares of preferred stock in series, and to establish from time to time the number of shares 
to be included in each such series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of 
each such series and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof.  The powers, preferences and rights 
of these additional series of preferred stock may be senior to or on parity with our Class A common stock, 
which may reduce its value.

Anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents and Delaware law may discourage or prevent 
a change of control, even if an acquisition would be beneficial to our stockholders, which could depress 
the price of our Class A common stock and prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our 
current management.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws contain other 
provisions that could delay or prevent a change of control of our company or changes in our Board that our 
stockholders might consider favorable.

In addition, we are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation 
Law regulating corporate takeovers, which may restrict or prohibit certain business combination transactions 
with stockholders owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock, including discouraging takeover 
attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for shares of our Class A common stock.

Section 203 and other provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended 
and restated bylaws and Delaware law could make it more difficult for stockholders or potential acquirers 
to obtain control of our Board or initiate actions that are opposed by our then-current Board, including delay 
or impede a merger, tender offer, or proxy contest involving our company.  The existence of these provisions 
could negatively affect the price of our Class A common stock and limit opportunities for you to realize value 
in a corporate transaction.

We do not intend to pay cash dividends.

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock.  We currently intend to retain 
all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business and do not 
anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.  In addition, we have a revolving credit facility 
that, if we borrow under it, may preclude us from paying any dividends.  Accordingly, you may have to sell 
some or all of your shares of our Class A common stock in order to generate cash flow from your investment.  
You may not receive a gain on your investment when you sell shares and you may lose the entire amount of 
the investment.

43

Table of Contents

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2. Properties

Our  corporate  headquarters  are  located  in Audubon,  Pennsylvania  and  owned  by  us.   We  own 
research and manufacturing facilities in Massachusetts, Pennsylvania and Texas, lease additional research 
and manufacturing facilities in Texas and also own a distribution center in Heerlen, Netherlands to support 
our international operations.  We maintain sales and administrative offices in twelve countries all of which 
are leased.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

We are involved in a number of proceedings, legal actions, and claims.  Such matters are subject to 
many uncertainties, and the outcomes of these matters are not within our control and may not be known for 
prolonged periods of time.  In some actions, the claimants seek damages, as well as other relief, including 
injunctions prohibiting us from engaging in certain activities, which, if granted, could require significant 
expenditures and/or result in lost revenues.  The material legal proceedings to which we are currently a party 
are described below.

N-Spine, Synthes and Depuy Synthes Litigation

In April 2010, N-Spine, Inc. and Synthes USA Sales, LLC filed suit against us in the U.S. District 
Court for the District of Delaware for patent infringement.  N-Spine, the patent owner, and Synthes USA, a 
licensee of the subject patent, allege that we infringe one or more claims of the patent by making, using, 
offering for sale or selling our TRANSITION® stabilization system product.  N-Spine and Synthes USA 
sought injunctive relief and an unspecified amount in damages.  This matter was one of the four patent 
infringement lawsuits concerning spinal implant technologies between Globus Medical, Inc. and DePuy 
Synthes settled on January 13, 2016 for $7.9 million.

In a related matter, on January 8, 2014, Depuy Synthes Products, LLC (“Depuy Synthes”) filed suit 
against us in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware for patent infringement.  Depuy Synthes 
alleges that we infringe one or more claims of the asserted patent by making, using, offering for sale or selling 
our TRANSITION® stabilization system product.  Depuy Synthes sought injunctive relief and an unspecified 
amount in damages.  This matter was one of the four patent infringement lawsuits concerning spinal implant 
technologies between Globus Medical, Inc. and DePuy Synthes settled on January 13, 2016 for $7.9 million.  
For additional information regarding the settlement, please refer to “Item 8. Financial Statements and 
Supplementary Data; Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements; Note 19. Subsequent Events” below.

Synthes USA, LLC, Synthes USA Products, LLC and Synthes USA Sales, LLC Litigation

In July 2011, Synthes USA, LLC, Synthes USA Products, LLC and Synthes USA Sales, LLC filed 
suit against us in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware for patent infringement.  Synthes USA 
LLC, the patent owner, Synthes USA Products, LLC, a licensee to manufacture products of the subject patents, 
and Synthes USA Sales LLC, a licensee to sell products of the subject patents, allege that we infringe one 
or  more  claims  of  three  patents  by  making,  using,  offering  for  sale  or  selling  our  COALITION®, 
INDEPENDENCE®  and  INTERCONTINENTAL®  products.    This  matter  was  one  of  the  four  patent 
infringement lawsuits concerning spinal implant technologies between Globus Medical, Inc. and DePuy 
Synthes settled on January 13, 2016 for $7.9 million.  For additional information regarding the settlement, 

44

Table of Contents

please refer to “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data; Notes to Consolidated Financial 
Statements; Note 19. Subsequent Events” below.

L5 Litigation

In December 2009, we filed suit in the Court of Common Pleas of Montgomery County, Pennsylvania 
against our former exclusive independent distributor L5 Surgical, LLC and its principals, seeking an injunction 
and declaratory judgment concerning certain restrictive covenants made to L5 by its sales representatives.  
L5 brought counterclaims against us alleging tortious interference, unfair competition and conspiracy.  The 
injunction phase was resolved in September 2010, and this matter is now in the discovery phase of litigation 
on the underlying damages claims.  We intend to defend our rights vigorously.  The probable outcome of this 
litigation cannot be determined, nor can we estimate a range of potential loss.  Therefore, in accordance with 
authoritative guidance on the evaluation of loss contingencies, we have not recorded an accrual related to 
this litigation.

Bianco Litigation

On March 21, 2012, Sabatino Bianco filed suit against us in the Federal District Court for the Eastern 
District  of  Texas  claiming  that  we  misappropriated  his  trade  secret  and  confidential  information  and 
improperly  utilized  it  in  developing  our  CALIBER®  product.    Bianco  alleges  that  we  engaged  in 
misappropriation of trade secrets, breach of contract, unfair competition, fraud and theft and seeks correction 
of inventorship, injunctive relief and exemplary damages.  On April 20, 2012, Bianco filed a motion for a 
preliminary injunction, seeking to enjoin us from making, using, selling, importing or offering for sale our 
CALIBER® product.  On November 15, 2012, the court denied Bianco’s motion for preliminary injunction.  
On October 1, 2013, Bianco amended his complaint to claim that his trade secrets and confidential information 
were also used improperly in developing our RISE® and CALIBER-L® products.

On  January  17,  2014,  the  jury  in  this  case  returned  a  verdict  in  favor  of  Bianco  on  a  claim  of 
misappropriation of trade secret.  We accrued the verdict amount of $4.3 million  as of December 31, 2013.   
The jury found against Bianco on the claims of breach of contract and disgorgement of profits.  The court 
granted our motion for judgment as a matter of law and dismissed Bianco’s claims for unfair competition, 
fraud,  and  exemplary  damages,  and  Bianco  abandoned  the  claim  of  misappropriation  of  confidential 
information.  Bianco’s claims of correction of inventorship, unjust enrichment, and permanent injunctive 
relief were not submitted to the jury.  On March 7, 2014, the court denied Bianco’s claim for correction of 
inventorship and ruled he is not entitled to be named as a co-inventor on any of the patents at issue, and also 
denied his claim for unjust enrichment.  On March 17, 2014, the court denied Bianco’s claim for permanent 
injunctive relief.  On July 2, 2014, the court awarded Bianco an ongoing royalty of 5% of the net sales of 
the CALIBER®, CALIBER®-L, and RISE® products, or products that are not colorably different from those 
products, for a fifteen year period on  sales starting on January 18, 2014.  The court entered final judgment 
on the jury verdict on July 17, 2014.  On October 19, 2015, the United States Federal Circuit Court of Appeals 
affirmed the judgment without opinion.  We are considering our options for further appeal.

We do not expect the judgment to impact our ability to conduct our business or to have any material 

impact on our future revenues.

Bonutti Skeletal Innovations, LLC Litigation

On November 19, 2014, Bonutti Skeletal Innovations, LLC filed suit against us in the U.S. District 
Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania for patent infringement.  Bonutti Skeletal, a non-practicing 
entity, alleges that Globus willfully infringes one or more claims of six patents by making, using, offering 

45

Table of Contents

for sale or selling the CALIBER®, CALIBER®-L, COALITION®, CONTINENTAL®, FORGE®, FORTIFY®, 
INDEPENDENCE®,  INTERCONTINENTAL®,  MONUMENT®,  NIKO®,  RISE®,  SIGNATURE®, 
SUSTAIN®,  and  TRANSCONTINENTAL®  products.    Bonutti  Skeletal  seeks  an  unspecified  amount  in 
damages and injunctive relief.  This matter was stayed on June 26, 2015 pending the resolution of inter partes 
reviews on the asserted patents by the USPTO.  The probable outcome of this litigation cannot be determined, 
nor can we estimate a range of potential loss.  Therefore, in accordance with authoritative guidance on the 
evaluation of loss contingencies, we have not recorded an accrual related to this litigation.

Flexuspine, Inc. Litigation

On March 11, 2015, Flexuspine, Inc. filed suit against us in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern 
District of Texas for patent infringement.  Flexuspine, Inc. alleges that Globus willfully infringes one or more 
claims of five patents by making, using, offering for sale or selling the CALIBER®, CALIBER®-L, RISE®, 
RISE®-L, RISE® INTRALIF®, and ALTERA® products.  Flexuspine seeks an unspecified amount in damages 
and injunctive relief.  The probable outcome of this litigation cannot be determined, nor can we estimate a 
range  of  potential  loss.   Therefore,  in  accordance  with  authoritative  guidance  on  the  evaluation  of  loss 
contingencies, we have not recorded an accrual related to this litigation.

Silverstein Litigation

On September 28, 2015, a putative securities class action lawsuit was filed against us and certain of 
our officers in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania.  Plaintiff in the lawsuit purports 
to represent a class of our stockholders who purchased shares between February 26, 2014 and August 5, 
2014.  The complaint purports to assert claims under Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934, as amended, and seeks damages in an unspecified amount, attorney’s fees and other relief.  We 
believe the allegations to be unfounded, and intend to defend our rights vigorously.  The probable outcome 
of this litigation cannot be determined, nor can we estimate a range of potential loss.  Therefore, in accordance 
with authoritative guidance on the evaluation of loss contingencies, we have not recorded an accrual related 
to this litigation.

In addition, we are subject to legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

46

Table of Contents

PART II

Item 5. Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer 
Purchases of Equity Securities

Class A Common Stock Market Price

Our Class A common stock trades on The New York Stock Exchange, under the symbol “GMED.”  
The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices per share for our Class A common stock for the 
periods indicated, as reported by New York Stock Exchange:

Year Ended December 31, 2015:

1st Quarter

2nd Quarter

3rd Quarter

4th Quarter

Year Ended December 31, 2014:

1st Quarter

2nd Quarter

3rd Quarter

4th Quarter

High

Low

$

26.00

$

26.30

28.99

28.60

23.04

23.15

20.63

20.48

High

Low

$

27.14

$

27.00

24.41

24.65

19.52

22.33

17.45

19.00

We had approximately 73 stockholders of record as of February 19, 2016.  We believe that the number 
of beneficial owners is substantially greater than the number of record holders because a large portion of our 
Class A common stock is held of record through brokerage firms in “street name.”

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

None.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

None.

Dividend Policy

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock.  We currently intend to retain 
future earnings, if any, for development of our business and do not anticipate that we will declare or pay cash 
dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future.

Comparative Stock Performance Graph

The following graph illustrates a comparison of the total cumulative stockholder return on our Class 
A common stock from August 3, 2012 (which is the date our Class A common stock first began trading on 
The New York Stock Exchange) through December 31, 2015 to two indices: the S&P 500 Index and the S&P 
500 Health Care Equipment Index.  The graph assumes an initial investment of $100 on August 3, 2012, in 
each of our Class A common stock, the stocks comprising the S&P 500 Index, and the stocks comprising the 
S&P 500 Health Care Equipment Index, including reinvestment of dividends, if any.  Historical stockholder 
return is not necessarily indicative of the performance to be expected for any future periods.

47

Table of Contents

The following graph and related information shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or to be “filed” 
with the SEC, nor shall such information be incorporated by reference into any future filing, except to the 
extent that we specifically incorporate it by reference into such filing.

Company/Index

Globus Medical, Inc.

S&P 500 Index

S&P 500 Health Care

Equipment

August 3,
2012

December 31,
2012

June 30,
2013

December 31,
2013

June 30,
2014

December 31,
2014

June 30,
2015

December 31,
2015

$100

$100

$100

$78

$104

$106

$125

$118

$121

$149

$137

$135

$177

$147

$151

$176

$156

$170

$190

$158

$179

$206

$158

$181

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The selected consolidated financial data set forth in the table below has been derived from our audited 
financial statements.  The data set forth below should be read in conjunction with “Item 7. Management’s 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Item 8. Financial 
Statements and Supplementary Data” below.

48

Table of Contents

Statement of Operations Data:

Year Ended December 31,

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

2015

2014

2013

2012

2011

$

544,753

$

474,371

$

434,459

$

385,994

$

331,478

Sales

Cost of goods sold

Gross profit

Operating expenses:

Research and development

Selling, general and administrative

Provision for litigation

Total operating expenses

Operating income

Other income/(expense), net

Income before income taxes

Income tax provision

Net income

Net income per common share:

Basic

Diluted

Weighted average number of common

shares:

Basic

Diluted

$

$

$

132,803

411,950

36,982

214,014

(11,268)

239,728

172,222

583

172,805

60,021

112,784

1.19

1.17

$

$

$

110,857

363,514

31,687

187,798

5,667

225,152

138,362

280

138,642

46,157

92,485

0.98

0.97

$

$

$

100,343

334,116

26,870

182,518

23,055

232,443

101,673

328

102,001

33,389

68,612

0.74

0.73

$

$

$

75,199

310,795

27,926

168,862
(786)
196,002

114,793
(140)
114,653

40,822

73,831

0.82

0.80

$

$

$

68,796

262,682

23,464

140,386

1,470

165,320

97,362
(413)
96,949

36,165

60,784

0.69

0.67

95,046

96,073

94,227

95,457

92,647

94,192

89,608

92,208

88,112

90,420

Balance Sheet Data:

(In thousands)

Cash, cash equivalents and marketable

securities

Working capital

Total assets

Business acquisition liabilities, including 
current portion (1)

2015

2014

2013

2012

2011

As of December 31,

$

329,791

$

304,051

$

275,452

$

212,400

$

462,108

834,100

380,613

703,547

348,866

566,304

320,602

447,133

142,668

229,504

329,390

33,314

26,276

17,258

11,344

10,289

Stockholders’ equity

$

715,324

$

585,454

$

472,360

$

386,502

$

282,476

(1) 

In connection with acquisitions completed in 2015 through 2011, we have certain contingent consideration obligations payable 
to the sellers in these transactions upon the achievement of certain regulatory and sales milestones.  The maximum aggregate 
undiscounted amounts potentially payable were $35.9 million, $38.9 million, $23.9 million, $9.9 million and $7.2 million as 
of December 31, 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

49

Table of Contents

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be 
read together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual 
Report.  This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties 
and assumptions.  You should review the “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Concerning Forward-Looking 
Statements” sections of this Annual Report for a discussion of certain of the important factors that could 
cause  actual  results  to  differ  materially  from  the  results  described  in  or  implied by  the  forward-looking 
statements described in the following discussion and analysis.  Certain amounts and percentages in this 
discussion and analysis have been rounded for convenience of presentation.  

Overview

We are a medical device company focused on the design, development and commercialization of 
musculoskeletal implants.  We are currently focused on implants that promote healing in patients with spine 
disorders.  We are an engineering-driven company with a history of rapidly developing and commercializing 
advanced  products  and  procedures  that  assist  surgeons  in  effectively  treating  their  patients,  respond  to 
evolving surgeon needs and address new treatment options.  Since our inception in 2003, we have launched 
over 150 products and offer a comprehensive product portfolio of innovative and differentiated products 
addressing a broad array of spinal pathologies, anatomies and surgical approaches.  We have also recently 
begun to develop a robotic surgical navigation device and products to treat patients who have experienced 
orthopedic traumas, although those development efforts are still ongoing and we currently have no robotic 
or orthopedic trauma products that are cleared by the FDA for sale.

We sell implants and related disposables to our customers, primarily hospitals, for use by surgeons 
to treat spine disorders.  All of our products fall into one of two categories: Innovative Fusion or Disruptive 
Technologies.  Spinal fusion is a surgical procedure to correct problems with the individual vertebrae, the 
interlocking bones making up the spine, by preventing movement of the affected bones.  Our Innovative 
Fusion products are used in cervical, thoracolumbar, sacral, and interbody/corpectomy fusion procedures to 
treat degenerative, deformity, tumor, and trauma conditions.

We define Disruptive Technologies as those that represent a significant shift in the treatment of spine 
disorders  by  allowing  for  novel  surgical  procedures,  improvements  to  existing  surgical  procedures,  the 
treatment of spine disorders by new physician specialties, and surgical intervention earlier in the continuum 
of care.  Our current portfolio of approved and pipeline products includes a variety of Disruptive Technology 
products, which we believe offer material improvements to fusion procedures, such as minimally invasive 
surgical techniques, as well as new treatment alternatives including motion preservation technologies, such 
as dynamic stabilization, total disc replacement and interspinous process spacer products, and regenerative 
biologics  technologies,  as  well  as  interventional  pain  management  solutions,  including  treatments  for 
vertebral compression fractures.

To date, the primary market for our products has been the United States, where we sell our products 
through a combination of direct sales representatives employed by us and distributor sales representatives 
employed  by  our  exclusive  independent  distributors,  who  distribute  our  products  on  our  behalf  for  a 
commission that is generally based on a percentage of sales.  We believe there is significant opportunity to 
strengthen our position in the U.S. market by increasing the size of our U.S. sales force and we intend to add 
additional direct and distributor sales representatives in the future.

During the year ended December 31, 2015, our international sales accounted for approximately 9% 
of our total sales.  We sell our products in 34 countries outside the United States through a combination of 

50

Table of Contents

direct sales representatives employed by us and international distributors.  We believe there are significant 
opportunities for us to increase our presence in both existing and new international markets through the 
continued  expansion  of  our  direct  and  distributor  sales  forces  and  the  commercialization  of  additional 
products.

Recent Developments

On January 13, 2016, we entered into a settlement agreement providing for the settlement of four 
patent  infringement  lawsuits  concerning  spinal  implant  technologies  between  Globus  Medical,  Inc.  and 
DePuy Synthes (the “Settlement Agreement”).  Pursuant to the terms of the Settlement Agreement, we are 
required to make a $7.9 million payment to Depuy Synthes.  The Settlement Agreement also provides for 
covenants not to sue relating to certain of the products sold by each of the parties and cross-licenses of all 
of the patents asserted in each of the Settled Lawsuits and each of the patents in those respective patent 
families.  The Company does not expect the Settlement Agreement to impact its ability to conduct its business 
or have any impact on its future revenues.

The  settlement  resulted  in  one-time  financial  benefits  reflecting  the  difference  from  previously 
established provisions and the final settlement amount through a one-time net income benefit of approximately 
$7.6 million, recognized during the fourth quarter of 2015, and a one-time transfer of approximately $8.4 
million from restricted cash account into the cash account, which will be recognized during the first quarter 
of 2016.

The Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2016, which was signed into law in December 2015, includes 
a two-year suspension on the medical device excise tax, effective January 1, 2016.  The 2.3% tax on sales 
in the United States of certain medical devices by a manufacturer, producer or importer was enacted as part 
of the Affordable Care Act in 2010 and applied to device sales beginning on January 1, 2013.  Without further 
legislative action, the tax will be automatically reinstated for certain medical device sales in the United States 
starting on January 1, 2018.  We incurred $8.1 million and $7.1 million for this medical device excise tax 
for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.  We plan to redirect approximately 40% of 
this benefit into increased job creation initiatives in research and development and manufacturing in 2016.

On March 11, 2015, we acquired Branch Medical Group (“BMG”), a related-party manufacturer of 
high precision medical devices located in Audubon, Pennsylvania, for $57.0 million in cash, $5.3 million in 
deferred consideration, and $0.9 million of closing working capital adjustments.  We believe the vertical 
integration opportunity afforded by BMG will strengthen Globus, both operationally and financially.  We 
expect this acquisition, together with other investments in our in-house manufacturing capabilities, to enable 
us  to  achieve  our  goal  of  in-house  production  of  approximately  one-half  of  our  spinal  implant  product 
purchases by 2018.

Components of our Results of Operations

We manage our business globally within one reportable segment, which is consistent with how our 
management reviews our business, makes investment and resource allocation decisions and assesses operating 
performance.

Sales

We sell implants and related disposables, primarily to hospitals, for use by spine surgeons to treat 
spine disorders.  We generally consign our surgical sets, which contain our implants, disposables, surgical 
instruments and cases to our sales representatives, and the sets are maintained with the sales representatives 

51

Table of Contents

or at our hospital customers that purchase the implants and related disposables used in the surgeries.  We 
recognize revenue when we are notified that consigned implants and related disposables have been implanted 
or used, or for sets that are sold directly and not consigned, when title to the goods and risk of loss are 
transferred  to  customers  with  no  remaining  performance  obligations  which  affect  the  customer’s  final 
acceptance of the sale.  We expect to expand our U.S. and international sales forces, which will provide us 
with significant opportunity to continue to increase our penetration in existing markets and to enter new 
international markets.  We also expect to increase sales by commercializing new products, but expect the 
increase of sales from new products to be partially offset by decreased sales of earlier-generation products.

All  of  our  current  products  fall  into  one  of  two  categories:  Innovative  Fusion  or  Disruptive 
Technologies.  Our Innovative Fusion products comprise fusion products to treat a wide variety of spinal 
disorders for the entire spine and can be used in a variety of surgical approaches.  We believe our Innovative 
Fusion products have features and characteristics that may provide advantages for surgeons and potentially 
contribute to better outcomes for patients as compared to competing traditional fusion products.

We define Disruptive Technologies as those that represent a significant shift in the treatment of spinal 
disorders by allowing for novel surgical procedures, improvements to existing surgical procedures and the 
treatment of spinal disorders earlier in the continuum of care.  We believe the use of Disruptive Technologies 
may improve patient outcomes and reduce costs given the expected lower morbidity rates, shorter patient 
recovery  times  and  shorter  hospital  stays  associated  with  these  procedures.    Additionally,  Disruptive 
Technologies may help a patient avoid progression of spinal disc disease sometimes caused by traditional 
surgical options such as spinal fusion.  Our current portfolio of approved and pipeline Disruptive Technology 
products includes products that allow for minimally invasive surgical (“MIS”) techniques, as well as new 
treatment alternatives, including motion preservation technologies, such as dynamic stabilization, total disc 
replacement and interspinous process spacer products, and regenerative biologics technologies, as well as 
interventional pain management solutions, including treatments for vertebral compression fractures.  As a 
result, we anticipate Disruptive Technology products to continue to drive our sales growth in the future.

Cost of Goods Sold 

While we have increased our in-house spinal implant product manufacturing capacity, we also have 
products manufactured by third-party suppliers.  Substantially all of our suppliers manufacture our products 
in the United States.  Our cost of goods sold consists primarily of costs of products purchased from our third-
party  suppliers,  excess  and  obsolete  inventory  charges,  depreciation  of  surgical  instruments  and  cases, 
royalties, shipping, inspection and related costs incurred in making our products available for sale or use.  
Beginning  in  January  2013,  our  cost  of  goods  sold  increased  as  a  result  of  a  medical  device  excise  tax 
(“MDET”) of up to 2.3% on the sale of certain medical devices in the United States.  On December 18, 2015, 
the MDET was suspended for two years effective January 1, 2016.

Research and Development Expenses

Our  research  and  development  expenses  primarily  consist  of  engineering,  product  development, 
clinical  and  regulatory  expenses,  consulting  services,  outside  prototyping  services,  internal  and  external 
research activities, materials, depreciation, and other costs associated with development of our products.  
Research and development expenses also include related personnel and consultants’ compensation and stock-
based compensation expense.  We expense research and development costs as they are incurred.

We expect to incur additional research and development costs as we continue to develop new products.  

These costs will increase in absolute terms as we continue to expand our product pipeline and add personnel.

52

Table of Contents

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses primarily consist of salaries, benefits and other related 
costs,  including  stock-based  compensation  for  personnel  employed  in  sales,  marketing,  finance,  legal, 
compliance,  administrative,  information  technology,  medical  education  and  training,  quality  and  human 
resource departments.  Our selling, general and administrative expenses also include commissions, generally 
based on a percentage of sales, to direct sales representatives and distributors.  We expect our selling, general 
and administrative expenses will increase in absolute terms with the continued expansion of our sales force 
and commercialization of our current and pipeline products.  We plan to hire more personnel to support the 
growth of our business.

Provision for Litigation

We record a provision for litigation settlements when a loss is known or considered probable and the 

amount can be reasonably estimated and in the case of a favorable settlement, income when realized.

Income Tax Provision

We are taxed at the rates applicable within each jurisdiction.  The composite income tax rate, tax 
provisions, deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities will vary according to the jurisdiction in which 
profits arise.  Tax laws are complex and subject to different interpretations by management and the respective 
governmental taxing authorities, and require us to exercise judgment in determining our income tax provision, 
our deferred tax assets and liabilities, and the valuation allowance recorded against our net deferred tax assets.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined using the enacted tax rates in effect for the years in 
which those tax assets are expected to be realized.  A valuation allowance is established when it is more 
likely than not that the future realization of all or some of the deferred tax assets will not be achieved.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires us to make assumptions, estimates 
and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosures of contingent assets 
and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of sales and 
expenses during the reporting periods.  Certain of our more critical accounting policies require the application 
of significant judgment by management in selecting the appropriate assumptions for calculating financial 
estimates.  By their nature, these judgments are subject to an inherent degree of uncertainty.  On an ongoing 
basis, we evaluate our judgments, including but not limited to those related to inventories, recoverability of 
long-lived assets and the fair value of our common stock.  We use historical experience and other assumptions 
as the basis for our judgments and making these estimates.  Because future events and their effects cannot 
be determined with precision, actual results could differ significantly from these estimates.  Any changes in 
those estimates will be reflected in our consolidated financial statements as they occur.  While our significant 
accounting policies are more fully described in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data; 
Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements;  Note  1.  Background  and  Summary  of  Significant 
Accounting Policies” below in this Annual Report, we believe that the following accounting policies and 
estimates are most critical to a full understanding and evaluation of our reported financial results.  The critical 
accounting  policies  addressed  below  reflect  our  most  significant  judgments  and  estimates  used  in  the 
preparation of our consolidated financial statements.  We have reviewed these critical accounting policies 
with the audit committee of our Board.

53

Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition.  We recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, 
product delivery has occurred, pricing is fixed or determinable, and collection is reasonably assured.  We 
generate a significant portion of our revenue from consigned inventory maintained at hospitals or with sales 
representatives.  For these products, we recognize revenue at the time we are notified the product has been 
used or implanted.  For all other transactions, we recognize revenue when title to the goods and risk of loss 
transfer to customers, provided there are no remaining performance obligations that will affect the customer’s 
final acceptance of the sale.  Our policy is to classify shipping and handling costs billed to customers as sales 
and the related expenses as cost of goods sold.  In general, our customers do not have any rights of return or 
exchange.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts.  The majority of our accounts receivable 
is composed of amounts due from hospitals.  Accounts receivable is carried at cost less an allowance for 
doubtful accounts.  On a regular basis, we evaluate accounts receivable and estimate an allowance for doubtful 
accounts, as needed, based on various factors such as customers’ current credit conditions, length of time 
past due, and the general economy as a whole.  Receivables are written off against the allowance when they 
are deemed uncollectible.

Excess and Obsolete Inventory.  We state inventories at the lower of cost or market.  We determine 
cost on a first-in, first-out basis.  The majority of our inventory is finished goods, because we primarily utilize 
third-party suppliers to source our products.  We periodically evaluate the carrying value of our inventories 
in relation to the estimated forecast of product demand, which takes into consideration the estimated life 
cycle of product releases.  When quantities on hand exceed estimated sales forecasts, we record a reserve 
for excess inventories, which results in a corresponding charge to cost of goods sold.  Charges incurred for 
excess  and  obsolete  inventory  were  $9.9  million,  $7.0  million  and  $8.2  million  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

The need to maintain substantial levels of inventory impacts the risk of carrying excess inventory.  
Many of our products come in sets which feature components in a variety of sizes so that the implant or 
device may be customized to the patient’s needs.  In order to market our products effectively, we must often 
maintain and provide surgeons and hospitals with consignment implant sets, back-up products and products 
of different sizes.  For each surgery, fewer than all of the components of the set are used, and therefore certain 
portions of the set may be considered excess inventory since they are not likely to be used.  One of our 
primary business goals is to focus on continual product innovation.  Though we believe this provides us with 
a competitive advantage, it also increases the risk that our products will become excess or obsolete inventory 
prior to sale or prior to the end of their anticipated useful lives.  When we introduce new products or next-
generation  products,  we  may  be  required  to  take  charges  for  excess  and  obsolete  inventory  that  have  a 
significant impact on the value of our inventory or on our operating results.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets.  Goodwill represents the excess purchase price over the fair values 
of the identifiable assets acquired less the liabilities assumed.  We acquired goodwill in connection with the 
various acquisitions completed.  Goodwill is tested for impairment at a minimum on an annual basis.  The 
fair value is estimated using an income and discounted cash flow approach.  We performed our qualitative 
goodwill and intangible assets impairment tests in the fourth quarter of 2015 and determined that there was 
no impairment.

Intangible  assets  consist  of  purchased  in-process  research  and  development  (“IPR&D”),  patents, 
customer relationships, supplier networks and non-compete agreements.  Intangible assets with finite useful 
lives are amortized over the period of estimated benefit using the straight-line method and estimated useful 
lives ranging from one to seventeen years.  Intangible assets are tested for impairment annually or whenever 
events or circumstances indicate that a carrying amount of an asset (asset group) may not be recoverable.  If 
54

Table of Contents

impairment is indicated, we measure the amount of the impairment loss as the amount by which the carrying 
amount exceeds the fair value of the asset.  Fair value is generally determined using a discounted future cash 
flow analysis.

IPR&D has an indefinite life and is not amortized until completion and development of the project 
at which time the IPR&D becomes an amortizable asset.  If the related project is not completed in a timely 
manner, we may have an impairment related to the IPR&D, calculated as the excess of the asset’s carrying 
value over its fair value.

Long-Lived Assets.  We periodically evaluate the recoverability of the carrying amount of long-lived 
assets, which include property and equipment, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that 
the carrying amount of an asset may not be fully recoverable.  We assess impairment when the undiscounted 
future  cash  flows  from  the  use  and  eventual  disposition  of  an  asset  are  less  than  its  carrying  value.    If 
impairment is indicated, we measure the amount of the impairment loss as the amount by which the carrying 
amount exceeds the fair value of the asset.  We base our fair value methodology on quoted market prices, if 
available.  If quoted market prices are not available, we estimate fair value based on prices of similar assets 
or other valuation techniques including present value techniques.

Income  Taxes.    We  recognize  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  for  the  future  tax  consequences 
attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities 
and their respective tax bases.  We measure deferred tax assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected 
to apply to taxable income in the year in which such items are expected to be received or settled.  We recognize 
the effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates in the period that includes the enactment 
date.  We establish a valuation allowance to offset any deferred tax assets if, based upon available evidence, 
it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

While we believe that our tax positions are fully supportable, there is a risk that certain positions 
could be challenged successfully.  In these instances, we look to establish reserves.  If we determine that a 
tax position is more likely than not of being sustained upon audit, based solely on the technical merits of the 
position, we recognize the benefit.  We measure the benefit by determining the amount that has likelihood 
greater than 50% of being realized upon settlement.  We presume that all tax positions will be examined by 
a taxing authority with full knowledge of all relevant information.  We regularly monitor our tax positions, 
tax assets and tax liabilities.  We reevaluate the technical merits of our tax positions and recognize an uncertain 
tax benefit or reverse a previously recorded tax benefit when (i) a tax audit is completed, (ii) applicable tax 
law, including a tax case or legislative guidance, changes or (iii) the statute of limitations expires.  Significant 
judgment is required in accounting for tax reserves.

Legal Proceedings.  We are involved in a number of legal actions involving both product liability 
and intellectual property disputes.  The outcomes of these legal actions are not within our complete control 
and may not be known for prolonged periods of time.  In some actions, the claimants seek damages as well 
as other relief, including injunctions barring the sale of products that are the subject of the lawsuit, that could 
require significant expenditures or result in lost sales.  In accordance with authoritative guidance, we record 
a liability in our consolidated financial statements for these actions when a loss is known or considered 
probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated.  If the reasonable estimate of a known or probable 
loss is a range, and no amount within the range is a better estimate than any other, the minimum amount of 
the range is accrued.  If a loss is possible, but not known or probable, and can be reasonably estimated, the 
estimated loss or range of loss is disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.  In most 
cases, significant judgment is required to estimate the amount and timing of a loss to be recorded.  While it 
is not possible to predict the outcome for these matters, we believe it is possible that costs associated with 
them could have a material adverse impact on our consolidated earnings, financial position or cash flows.
55

Table of Contents

Stock-Based Compensation Expense.  We measure the cost for employee and non-employee awards 
at the grant date based on the fair value of the award.  For employee awards, we amortize the expense, which 
is the fair value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest, over the requisite service 
periods (generally the vesting period of the equity award).  We record the awards issued to non-employees 
at their fair value as determined in accordance with authoritative guidance, and we periodically revalue the 
awards as they vest, recognizing the expense over the requisite service period.  We estimate the fair value of 
stock options using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model.  Our determination of the fair value is affected 
by our stock price and a number of assumptions, including expected volatility, expected term, risk-free interest 
rate and expected dividends.

As we became a publicly traded entity in 2012, historic volatility for our common stock is insufficient 
to estimate expected volatility.  As a result, we estimate volatility based on a consistently defined peer group 
of public companies that we believe collectively provides a reasonable basis for estimating volatility.  We 
intend to continue to use the consistently defined group of publicly traded peer companies to determine 
volatility in the future until sufficient information regarding volatility of the price of our shares of Class A 
common stock becomes available or the selected companies are no longer suitable for this purpose.

We also do not have sufficient history of stock option exercises as a public company available that 
is indicative of future exercise and post-vesting behavior to estimate the expected term after our initial public 
offering (“IPO”).  As a result, we use the simplified method of estimating the expected term, under which 
the expected term is presumed to be the mid-point between the vesting date and the contractual end of the 
term.  We base the risk-free interest rate on observed interest rates of U.S. Treasury securities equivalent to 
the expected terms of the stock options.  We estimate our pre-vesting forfeiture rate based on our historical 
experience.  Our dividend yield assumption is based on the history and expectation of no dividend payouts.

We estimate the weighted-average fair value of the options granted using a Black-Scholes option-
pricing  model,  which  requires  the  input  of  subjective  assumptions,  including  the  expected  stock  price 
volatility, the calculation of expected term and fair value of the underlying common stock on the date of 
grant, among other inputs.

To the extent that further evidence regarding these variables is available and provides estimates that 
we believe are more indicative of actual trends, we may refine or change our approach to deriving these input 
estimates.  Any such changes could materially affect the stock-based compensation expense we record in the 
future.

We expect to continue to grant stock options in the future, and to the extent that we do, our actual 

stock-based compensation expense recognized may increase.

Results of Operations

Year Ended December 31, 2015 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2014

Sales

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our sales by product category and geography 
expressed  as  dollar  amounts  and  the  changes  in  sales  between  the  specified  periods  expressed  in  dollar 
amounts and as percentages:

56

Table of Contents

(In thousands, except percentages)

Innovative Fusion

Disruptive Technology

Total sales

Year Ended

Change

December 31,
2015

December 31,
2014

$

%

$

$

288,062

256,691

544,753

$

$

270,852

203,519

474,371

$

$

17,210

53,172

70,382

6.4%

26.1%

14.8%

Product  launches  continue  to  be  a  driving  force  in  our  sales  growth,  particularly  from  products 
launched during the last three years.  The growth in Disruptive Technology of $53.2 million was due primarily 
to sales of regenerative biologics, expandable interbody and minimally invasive products launched during 
the past three years, including sales from TTOT since the acquisition in late 2014.  Innovative Fusion sales 
increased by $17.2 million due to strong sales of pedicle screw systems.

(In thousands, except percentages)

United States

International

Total sales

Year Ended

Change

December 31,
2015

December 31,
2014

$

%

$

$

498,191

46,562

544,753

$

$

427,091

47,280

474,371

$

$

71,100
(718)
70,382

16.6 %

(1.5)%

14.8 %

In the United States, the increase in sales of $71.1 million was due primarily to expansion into new 
territories and increased penetration in existing territories.  We saw strong sales in both Disruptive Technology 
and Innovative Fusion products, led by sales of expandable interbody products, regenerative biologics and 
pedicle screw systems.

Internationally, the decrease in sales of $0.7 million was primarily due to changes in foreign currency 
exchange rates.  On a constant currency basis, our international sales grew $4.8 million, or by 10.2%, due 
to increased penetration in existing international territories and strong sales in our regenerative biologics and 
expandable interbody products.  Our worldwide sales increased 16.0% on a constant currency basis.  For 
additional  information  regarding  constant  currency,  please  refer  to  “Non-GAAP  Financial  Measures” 
below.

Cost of Goods Sold

(In thousands, except percentages)

Cost of goods sold

Percentage of sales

Year Ended

Change

December 31,
2015

December 31,
2014

$

%

$

132,803

$

110,857

$

21,946

19.8%

24.4%

23.4%

The increase in cost of goods sold was due primarily to an increase of $20.1 million from increased 
sales  volume,  including  impacts  from  pricing  pressure, TTOT  and  foreign  currency,  an  increase  of  $1.4 
million for inventory reserves and write-offs, and an increase of $0.4 million from product mix and other 
costs.

57

Table of Contents

Research and Development Expenses

(In thousands, except percentages)

Research and development

Percentage of sales

Year Ended

Change

December 31,
2015

December 31,
2014

$

%

$

36,982

$

31,687

$

5,295

16.7%

6.8%

6.7%

The increase in research and development expenses was due primarily to an increase of $3.7 million 
in employee compensation from additional headcount for furthering research activities and developing new 
innovative products, an increase of $1.6 million in supplies and other costs, and an increase of $1.3 million 
related to our robotics initiative, offset by a decrease of $1.3 million of clinical trial and other consulting 
costs.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

(In thousands, except percentages)

Selling, general and administrative

Percentage of sales

Year Ended

Change

December 31,
2015

December 31,
2014

$

%

$

214,014

$

187,798

$

26,216

14%

39.3%

39.6%

The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses was due primarily to an increase of $19.3 
million of costs to support sales volume and company growth, including TTOT and BMG, an increase of 
$4.8 million in acquisition-related expenses, and an increase of $2.1 million in legal expenses, bad debt 
expense and other selling, general and administrative costs.

Provision for Litigation

(In thousands, except percentages)

Provision for litigation

Percentage of sales

Year Ended

Change

December 31,
2015

December 31,
2014

$

(11,268 )

$

5,667

$

(2.1)%

1.2%

$
(16,935)

%

(298.8)%

The  current  year  provision  for  litigation,  which  includes  settlement  and  verdict  costs,  was  due 
primarily  to  the  recognition  of  the  Depuy  Synthes  Settlement Agreement.    In  the  prior  year  period,  we 
recognized provisions for the Bianco verdict and other litigation matters.

For additional information regarding litigation, please refer to “Item 8. Financial Statements and 
Supplementary  Data;  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements;  Note  14.  Commitments  and 
Contingencies and Note 19. Subsequent Events” below.

Other Income, Net

(In thousands, except percentages)

Other income, net

Percentage of sales

Year Ended

Change

December 31,
2015

December 31,
2014

583

$

0.1%

280

$

0.1%

$

58

$

%

303

108.2%

Table of Contents

The increase in other income, net is due primarily to increases in interest income from increased 

average investment balances, partially offset by increases in foreign exchange transaction losses.

Income Tax Provision

(In thousands, except percentages)

Income tax provision

Effective income tax rate

Year Ended

Change

December 31,
2015

December 31,
2014

$

%

$

60,021

$

46,157

$

13,864

30.0%

34.7%

33.3%

Our tax provision and effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2015 was higher than the 
prior year due primarily to the 2014 reduction in uncertain tax positions related to Internal Revenue Service 
audits of our 2011 and 2012 tax years, resulting in no adjustments.

Year Ended December 31, 2014 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2013

Sales

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our sales by product category and geography 
expressed  as  dollar  amounts  and  the  changes  in  sales  between  the  specified  periods  expressed  in  dollar 
amounts and as percentages:

(In thousands, except percentages)

Innovative Fusion

Disruptive Technology

Total sales

Year Ended

Change

December 31,
2014

December 31,
2013

$

%

$

$

270,852

203,519

474,371

$

$

254,033

180,426

434,459

$

$

16,819

23,093

39,912

6.6%

12.8%

9.2%

Product  launches  continue  to  be  a  driving  force  in  our  sales  growth,  particularly  from  products 
launched during the last three years.  The growth in Disruptive Technology of $23.1 million was due primarily 
to sales of minimally invasive, biologic, artificial disc and interventional pain management products launched 
during the past three years in addition to the sales from TTOT since the acquisition in late 2014.  Innovative 
Fusion sales increased by $16.8 million due to strong sales of legacy and new pedicle screw systems.

(In thousands, except percentages)

United States

International

Total sales

Year Ended

Change

December 31,
2014

December 31,
2013

$

%

$

$

427,091

47,280

474,371

$

$

396,615

37,844

434,459

$

$

30,476

9,436

39,912

7.7%

24.9%

9.2%

In the United States, the increase in sales of $30.5 million was due primarily to expansion into new 
territories and increased penetration in existing territories.  We saw strong sales in both Disruptive Technology 
and Innovative Fusion products, led by sales of legacy and new pedicle screw systems.

Internationally, the increase in sales of $9.4 million was due primarily to increased market penetration 
in existing international territories, as well as sales from expansion into five new countries and new territories 

59

Table of Contents

in existing countries, with sales increases primarily driven by pedicle screw, minimally invasive and interbody 
systems.

Cost of Goods Sold

(In thousands, except percentages)

Cost of goods sold

Percentage of sales

Year Ended

Change

December 31,
2014

December 31,
2013

$

%

$

110,857

$

100,343

$

10,514

10.5%

23.4%

23.1%

The increase in cost of goods sold was due primarily to $7.8 million of increased sales volume and 
mix, an increase of $2.8 million in freight, and an increase of $2.1 million in depreciation, offset partially 
by a decrease of $2.2 million for inventory reserves and write-offs and a decrease of $0.7 million due to 
changes in material and other costs.

Research and Development Expenses

(In thousands, except percentages)

Research and development

Percentage of sales

Year Ended

Change

December 31,
2014

December 31,
2013

$

%

$

31,687

$

26,870

$

4,817

17.9%

6.7%

6.2%

The increase in research and development expenses was due primarily to an increase of $3.4 million 
in  employee  compensation,  due  primarily  to  increased  headcount,  including  employees  related  to  the 
development of our surgical robotic positioning system and to TTOT, and an increase of $1.4 million in 
project and clinical trial costs.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

(In thousands, except percentages)

Selling, general and administrative

Percentage of sales

Year Ended

Change

December 31,
2014

December 31,
2013

$

%

$

187,798

$

182,518

$

5,280

2.9%

39.6%

42.0%

The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses was due primarily to an increase of $3.1 
million related to increased compensation costs in the United States to support company growth, $2.7 million 
for expansion and growth of our international sales efforts, and an increase of $1.4 million in legal expenses 
and other selling, general and administrative costs, offset by a decrease of $1.9 million related to the reduction 
of an acquisition related contingent liability.

Provision for Litigation

(In thousands, except percentages)

Provision for litigation

Percentage of sales

Year Ended

Change

December 31,
2014

December 31,
2013

$

5,667

$

23,055

$

1.2%

5.3%

$
(17,388)

%

(75.4)%

60

Table of Contents

The provision for litigation in the current year was due primarily to the Bianco and other litigation 

matters.  In the prior year we recognized the DePuy Synthes charge of $18.2 million.

For additional information regarding litigation, please refer to “Item 8. Financial Statements and 
Supplementary  Data;  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements;  Note  14.  Commitments  and 
Contingencies and Note 19. Subsequent Events” below.

Other Income, Net

(In thousands, except percentages)

Other income, net

Percentage of sales

Year Ended

Change

December 31,
2014

December 31,
2013

$

280

$

0.1%

328

$

0.1%

$

%

(48)

(14.6)%

The decrease in other income, net is due primarily to increases in foreign exchange losses and decreases 

in miscellaneous income, partially offset by increases in interest income.

Income Tax Provision

(In thousands, except percentages)

Income tax provision

Effective income tax rate

Year Ended

Change

December 31,
2014

December 31,
2013

$

%

$

46,157

$

33,389

$

12,768

38.2%

33.3%

32.7%

The increase in the effective tax rate was due primarily to the timing of the American Taxpayer Relief 
Act of 2012 (the “ATRA”).  Under prior law, a taxpayer was entitled to a research and experimentation tax 
credit for qualifying amounts incurred through December 31, 2011.  The ATRA, which was signed into law 
on January 2, 2013, extended the research and experimentation tax credit from January 1, 2012 through 
December 31, 2013.  However, as of December 31, 2012, no benefit could be recognized for this tax credit, 
and therefore, we recognized the credit during 2013 in accordance with accounting guidance.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

To  supplement  our  financial  statements  prepared  in  accordance  with  U.S.  generally  accepted 
accounting  principles  (“U.S.  GAAP”),  management  uses  certain  non-GAAP  financial  measures.    For 
example, Adjusted EBITDA, which represents net income before interest income, net and other non-operating 
expenses, provision for income taxes, depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation, changes in 
the fair value of contingent consideration in connection with business acquisitions and other acquisition 
related costs, provision for litigation, and provision for litigation - cost of goods sold, is useful as an additional 
measure of operating performance, and particularly as a measure of comparative operating performance from 
period to period, as it is reflective of changes in pricing decisions, cost controls and other factors that affect 
operating performance, and it removes the effect of our capital structure, asset base, income taxes and interest 
income and expense.  Our management also uses Adjusted EBITDA for planning purposes, including the 
preparation of our annual operating budget and financial projections.

61

Table of Contents

The following is a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income for the periods presented:

(In thousands, except percentages)

Net income
Interest income, net
Provision for income taxes
Depreciation and amortization
EBITDA
Stock-based compensation
Provision for litigation
Provision for litigation - cost of goods sold
Change in fair value of contingent consideration and other acquisition

related costs
Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of sales

$

December 31,
2015
112,784
(1,304 )
60,021
24,084
195,585
9,639
(11,268 )
—

3,352
197,308

$

Year Ended

December 31,
2014

December 31,
2013

$

$

92,485
(805 )
46,157
21,754
159,591
7,111
5,667
—

(937 )

$

171,432

$

68,612
(467)
33,389
19,397
120,931
5,177
23,055
1,260

120
150,543

36.2%

36.1%

34.7%  

In  addition,  for  the  year  ended  December 31,  2015  and  for  other  comparative  periods,  we  are 
presenting a non-GAAP measure of Diluted Earnings Per Share, which represents diluted earnings per share 
before provision for litigation and provision for litigation - cost of goods sold, net of the tax effects of such 
provisions.  We believe this non-GAAP measure is also a useful indicator of our operating performance, and 
particularly  as  an  additional  measure  of  comparative  operative  performance  from  period  to  period  as  it 
removes the effects of litigation, which we believe is not reflective of underlying business trends.

The following is a reconciliation of non-GAAP Diluted Earnings Per Share to Diluted Earnings Per 

Share as computed in accordance with U.S. GAAP for the periods presented.

(Per share amounts)

Diluted earnings per share, as reported
Provision for litigation, net of taxes
Provision for litigation - cost of goods sold, net of taxes
Non-GAAP diluted earnings per share

December 31,
2015

Year Ended

December 31,
2014

December 31,
2013

$

$

1.17 $
(0.07 )
—
1.10 $

0.97 $
0.04
—
1.01 $

0.73
0.16
0.01
0.90

We also define the non-GAAP measure of Free Cash Flow as the net cash flows provided by operating 
activities,  adjusted  for  the  impact  of  restricted  cash,  less  the  cash  impact  of  purchases  of  property  and 
equipment.  We believe that this financial measure provides meaningful information for evaluating our overall 
financial performance for the comparative periods as it facilitates an assessment of funds available to satisfy 
current and future obligations and fund acquisitions.  Below is a reconciliation of Free Cash Flow to net cash 
provided by operating activities as computed in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

(Per share amounts)

Net cash provided by operating activities
Adjustment for impact of restricted cash
Purchases of property and equipment
Free cash flow

December 31,
2015

$

$

121,957 $
2,749
(50,760 )
73,946 $

Year Ended

December 31,
2014

December 31,
2013

79,172 $
23,370
(24,754 )
77,788 $

93,471
—
(23,680 )
69,791

62

Table of Contents

Furthermore, we define the non-GAAP measure of sales and net income on a constant currency basis 
as the current and prior period sales and net income translated at the same predetermined exchange rate.  We 
believe sales and net income on a constant currency basis provides insight to the comparative increase or 
decrease in period sales and net income, in dollar and percentage terms, excluding the effects of fluctuations 
in foreign currency exchange rates.  Below is a table of sales and net income on a constant currency basis 
compared to sales and net income as reported in accordance with U.S. GAAP for the periods presented.

(In thousands, except percentages)

United States

International

Total sales

Net income

(In thousands, except percentages)

United States

International

Total sales

Net income

Year Ended

Percent Change

December 31,
2015

December 31,
2014

Reported

Constant
Currency

498,191

46,562

544,753

112,784

$

$

$

427,091

47,280

474,371

16.6 %

(1.5%)

14.8 %

16.6%

10.2%

16.0%

92,485

21.9 %

23.7%

Year Ended

Percent Change

December 31,
2014

December 31,
2013

Reported

Constant
Currency

427,091

47,280

474,371

92,485

$

$

$

396,615

37,844

434,459

7.7%

24.9%

9.2%

7.7%

25.1%

9.2%

68,612

34.8%

35.7%

$

$

$

$

$

$

In December 2014, we set aside cash for the payment of a portion of the Synthes and Bianco litigations.  
We classified this cash as restricted, as the amount was placed in escrow to be used for payment of the 
litigation obligations, should we not be successful with our appeals.  Restricted cash unfavorably affected 
our net cash provided by operating activities for the years ended December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014.  
As of December 31, 2015, we have $26.1 million of restricted cash related to these matters.  (For additional 
information regarding litigation, please refer to “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data; 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements; Note 14. Commitments and Contingencies and Note  19. 
Subsequent Events” below.)

Adjusted EBITDA, non-GAAP Diluted Earnings Per Share, Free Cash Flow and sales and net income 
on a constant currency basis are not calculated in conformity with U.S. GAAP within the meaning of Item 
10 of Regulation S-K.  Non-GAAP financial measures have limitations as analytical tools and should not be 
considered in isolation or as a substitute for financial measures prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.  
These measures do not include certain expenses that may be necessary to evaluate our liquidity or operating 
results.  Our definitions of Adjusted EBITDA, non-GAAP Diluted Earnings Per Share, Free Cash Flow and 
sales and net income on a constant currency basis may differ from that of other companies and therefore may 
not be comparable.

63

Table of Contents

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes, for the periods indicated, cash flows from operating, investing and 

financing activities:

Year Ended

2015 - 2014
Change

2014 - 2013
Change

(In thousands)

Net cash provided by operating activities

Net cash used in investing activities

Net cash provided by financing activities

Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash

Increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

$

December 31,
2015
121,957 $
(150,550 )

$

December 31,
2014

December 31,
2013

$

$

79,172 $

93,471 $

42,785 $ (14,299 )

(100,000 )

(227,150 )

(50,550 )

127,150

6,327

153
(22,113 ) $

12,946

185

11,011

230

(6,619 )

(32 )

1,935

(45 )

(7,697 ) $ (122,438 ) $ (14,416 ) $ 114,741

The decrease in cash and cash equivalents for the year ended December 31, 2015 was due primarily 
to the $12.4 million increase in cash payments for acquisitions, $12.2 million of additional investment in 
marketable securities and $26.0 million in additional acquisitions of property and equipment to support our 
continued investment in regenerative biologics, robotics and in-house manufacturing.  We have continued 
our cash management program to invest in more marketable securities in an effort to increase the returns on 
our cash and cash equivalents.  During the year ended December 31, 2015, we purchased $51.3 million of 
marketable securities, net of maturities and sales.  Our investment in marketable securities includes municipal 
bonds, corporate debt securities, commercial paper, securities of U.S. government-sponsored agencies and 
asset-backed securities, and are classified as available-for-sale as of December 31, 2015.  During the year 
ended December 31, 2015, our total cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities increased $25.7 million.  
See “Liquidity and Capital Resources” below.

Cash Provided by Operating Activities

The increase in net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2015 was 
due primarily to the increase in net income and the decrease in the change for restricted cash, which were 
partially offset by the net decrease in the change in accounts payable and accounts payable to related parties 
and the increase in tax payments.

The decrease in net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2014 was 
due primarily to an increase in restricted cash, offset partially by the increase in net income excluding provision 
for litigation (net of taxes).

Cash Used in Investing Activities

The increase in net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2015 was due 
primarily to the additional acquisitions of property and equipment to support our continued investment in 
regenerative biologics, robotics and in-house manufacturing, the increase in the amount of cash invested in 
marketable securities and the increase in cash used for acquisitions.

The decrease in net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2014 was due 
primarily to the decrease in the amount of cash invested in marketable securities as maturities and sales of 
marketable securities increased compared to the comparable period and were reinvested.  This decrease was 
partially offset by an increase in cash used for acquisitions.

64

 
Table of Contents

Cash Provided by Financing Activities

The decrease in cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2015 was due 
primarily to the decrease in cash received from the issuance of common stock from the exercise of stock 
options along with the decrease in our excess tax benefit related to our nonqualified stock option exercises.  
During the year ended December 31, 2015, we experienced a decrease in the number of shares exercised, 
offset partially by increases in the exercise price and intrinsic value per share exercised.

The increase in cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2014 was due 
primarily to the increase net proceeds of received from the issuance of common stock from the exercise of 
stock  options  along  with  the  increase  in  our  excess  tax  benefit  related  to  our  nonqualified  stock  option 
exercises.  During the year ended December 31, 2014, we experienced a decrease in shares exercised, however 
this was offset by increases in exercise price and intrinsic value per share exercised.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The following table highlights certain information related to our liquidity and capital resources:

(In thousands)

Cash and cash equivalents

Short-term marketable securities

Long-term marketable securities

Total cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities

Available borrowing capacity under revolving credit facility

Working capital

December 31,
2015

December 31,
2014

60,152 $

220,877

48,762

329,791

$

82,265

146,439

75,347

304,051

50,000

462,108 $

50,000

380,613

$

$

$

During the year ended December 31, 2015, our total cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities 
increased $25.7 million, primarily as a result of our cash provided by operating activities.  Our investment 
in marketable securities includes municipal bonds, corporate debt securities, commercial paper, securities 
of U.S. government-sponsored agencies and asset-backed securities, and are classified as available-for-sale 
as of December 31, 2015.

We acquired medical device manufacturer BMG on March 11, 2015 for $57.0 million in cash, $5.3 

million in deferred consideration, and $0.9 million of closing working capital adjustments.

In May 2011, we entered into a credit agreement with Wells Fargo Bank related to a revolving credit 
facility that provides for borrowings up to $50.0 million.  At our request, and with the approval of the bank, 
the amount of borrowings available under the revolving credit facility can be increased to $75.0 million.  The 
revolving credit facility includes up to a $25.0 million sub-limit for letters of credit.  As amended to date, 
the revolving credit facility extends to May 2016.  Cash advances bear interest at our option either at a 
fluctuating rate per annum equal to the daily LIBOR in effect for a one-month period plus 0.75% or a fixed 
rate for a one- or three-month period equal to LIBOR plus 0.75%.  The credit agreement governing the 
revolving credit facility also subjects us to various restrictive covenants, including the requirement to maintain 
maximum consolidated leverage.  The covenants also include limitations on our ability to repurchase shares, 
to pay cash dividends or to enter into a sale transaction.  As of December 31, 2015, we were in compliance 
with all financial covenants under the credit agreement, there were no outstanding borrowings under the 
revolving credit facility and available borrowings were $50.0 million.  We may terminate the credit agreement 
at any time on ten days’ notice without premium or penalty.

65

Table of Contents

In addition to our existing cash and marketable securities balances, our principal sources of liquidity 
are cash flow from operating activities and our revolving credit facility, which was fully available as of 
December 31, 2015.  We believe these sources will provide sufficient liquidity for us to meet our liquidity 
requirements for the foreseeable future.  Our principal liquidity requirements are to meet our working capital, 
research and development, including clinical trials, and capital expenditure needs, principally for our surgical 
sets  required  to  maintain  and  expand  our  business  and  potential  future  business  or  intellectual  property 
acquisitions.  We expect to continue to make investments in surgical sets as we launch new products, increase 
the size of our U.S. sales force, and expand into international markets.  We may, however, require additional 
liquidity as we continue to execute our business strategy.  Our liquidity may be negatively impacted as a 
result of a decline in sales of our products, including declines due to changes in our customers’ ability to 
obtain  third-party  coverage  and  reimbursement  for  procedures  that  use  our  products,  increased  pricing 
pressures resulting from intensifying competition, cost increases and slower product development cycles 
resulting from a changing regulatory environment; and unfavorable results from litigation which will affect 
our cash flow.  We anticipate that to the extent that we require additional liquidity, it will be funded through 
the incurrence of other indebtedness, additional equity financings or a combination of these potential sources 
of liquidity.  The sale of additional equity may result in dilution to our stockholders.  There is no assurance 
that we will be able to secure such additional funding on terms acceptable to us, or at all.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table summarizes our outstanding contractual obligations as of December 31, 2015.  

There have been no material changes in our remaining contractual obligations since that time.

(In thousands)

Operating leases
Purchase obligations(1)
Deferred purchase price liabilities(2)
Total(3)

______________

Payments Due by Period

Total

Less than 1
Year

1-3 Years

3-5 Years

More than
5 Years

$

$

1,930

$

1,166

6,090

9,186

$

888

962

6,090

7,940

$

$

919

198

—

$

123

$

6

—

1,117

$

129

$

—

—

—

—

(1) Reflects minimum annual volume commitments to purchase inventory under certain of our supplier contracts.
(2) In connection with acquisitions completed in 2011 through 2015, we have certain contingent consideration obligations payable 
to the sellers in these transactions upon the achievement of certain regulatory and sales milestones.  The maximum aggregate 
undiscounted amounts potentially payable not included in the table above total $35.9 million.

(3) Excluded from the table is the $7.9 million of cash related to the Depuy Synthes Settlement Agreement.  As of December 31, 
2015, this amount was included in our restricted cash in our consolidated financial statements.  For additional information 
regarding litigation, please refer to “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data; Notes to Consolidated Financial 
Statements; Note 14. Commitments and Contingencies and Note 19. Subsequent Events” below.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

Related-Party Transactions

Prior to March 11, 2015, and as previously disclosed in our definitive proxy statement, BMG had 
been a related-party supplier since 2005.  As of February 24, 2015, David C. Paul's wife, David D. Davidar's 
wife, and David M. Demski collectively owned approximately 49% of the outstanding stock of BMG.  In 
addition, since February 2010, Mr. Paul's wife and Mr. Davidar's wife had served as directors of BMG.  Prior 

66

Table of Contents

to the acquisition, we purchased products and services from BMG pursuant to a standard Supplier Quality 
Agreement entered into in September 2010.

On March 11, 2015, we acquired BMG, and therefore, as of the acquisition date, there were no further 
purchases from nor amounts due to BMG.  The amount payable to BMG on the date of acquisition of $5.2 
million was settled in connection with the acquisition.

For further description of our related-party transactions, see “Item 8. Financial Statements and 
Supplementary  Data;  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements;  Note  16.  Related-Party 
Transactions”  and  “Item  13.  Certain  Relationships  and  Related  Transactions,  and  Director 
Independence; Related Person Transactions.”

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) and the International Accounting 
Standards Board released Accounting Standards Update 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers 
(Topic  606)  (“ASU  2014-09”).    ASU  2014-09  is  designed  to  create  greater  comparability  for  financial 
statement users across industries and jurisdictions.  Under the new standard, an entity will recognize revenue 
to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in amounts that reflect the payment to which the entity 
expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services.  The standard also will require enhanced 
disclosures and provide more comprehensive guidance for transactions such as service revenue and contract 
modifications.  The standard was to take effect for public companies for annual reporting periods beginning 
after December 15, 2016, and early adoption was prohibited.  Entities can transition to the standard either 
retrospectively or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of adoption.

In August 2015, the FASB released ASU 2015-14, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 
606): Deferral of the Effective Date (“ASU 2015-14”), which defers the effective date of ASU 2014-09 by 
one year while providing the option to early adopt the standard on the original effective date.  We are currently 
evaluating the timing and impact of the new standard on our financial position, results of operations, and 
disclosures.

In July 2015, the FASB released ASU 2015-11, Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory (Topic 
330) (“ASU 2015-11”) as part of the FASB’s Simplification Initiative.  This update is intended to more closely 
align the measurement of inventory under GAAP with the measurement of inventory under International 
Financial Reporting Standards.  Within the scope of the update, an entity is required to measure inventory 
at the lower of cost or net realizable value.  Net realizable value is defined as the estimated selling price in 
the  ordinary  course  of  business,  less  reasonable  and  predictable  costs  of  completion,  disposal  and 
transportation.  ASU 2015-11 is effective for all public entities for fiscal years beginning after December 31, 
2016, including interim reporting periods within that period, and is required to be applied prospectively, with 
early adoption permitted.  We are currently evaluating the impact of the new standard on our financial position, 
results of operations, and disclosures.

In  September  2015,  the  FASB  released  ASU  2015-16,  Business  Combinations  (Topic  805): 
Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement-Period Adjustments (“ASU 2015-16”).  ASU 2015-16 requires 
that an acquirer recognize adjustments to provisional amounts that are identified during the measurement 
period in the reporting period in which the adjustment amounts are determined.  Prior to the issuance of the 
standard, entities were required to retrospectively apply adjustments made to provisional amounts recognized 
in a business combination.  The amendments in ASU 2015-16 require an entity to present separately on the 
face of the income statement, or disclose in the notes, the portion of the amount recorded in current-period 
earnings by line item that would have been recorded in previous reporting periods if the adjustment to the 

67

Table of Contents

provisional amounts had been recognized as of the acquisition date.  ASU 2015-16 is effective for fiscal 
years,  and  interim  periods  within  those  years,  beginning  after  December  15,  2015,  with  early  adoption 
permitted.  The update is not expected to have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations, 
and disclosures.

In  November  2015,  the  FASB  released ASU  2015-17,  Income  Taxes  (Topic  740):  Balance  Sheet 
Classification of Deferred Taxes (“ASU 2015-17”).  ASU 2015-17 simplifies the presentation of deferred 
income taxes by requiring that all deferred income taxes are classified as noncurrent in a classified statement 
of financial position.  The amendments in ASU 2015-17 also aligns the presentation of deferred taxes with 
that of International Financial Reporting Standards.  This update is effective for financial statements issued 
for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods, with 
earlier application permitted for all entities as of the beginning of an interim or annual reporting period.

The amendments in ASU 2015-17 may be applied either prospectively to all deferred tax liabilities 
and assets or retrospectively to all periods presented.  If an entity applies the guidance prospectively, the 
entity should disclose in the first interim and first annual period of change, the nature of and reason for the 
change in accounting principle and a statement that prior periods were not retrospectively adjusted.  If an 
entity applies the guidance retrospectively, the entity should disclose in the first interim and first annual 
period of change the nature of and reason for the change in accounting principle and quantitative information 
about the effects of the accounting change on prior periods.  We are currently evaluating the impact of the 
new standard on our financial position, results of operations, and disclosures.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

Market risk is the potential loss arising from adverse changes in the financial markets.  We are exposed 
to various market risks, which may result in potential losses arising from adverse changes in market rates, 
such as interest rates and foreign exchange rates.  We do not enter into derivatives or other financial instruments 
for trading or speculative purposes and do not believe we are exposed to material market risk with respect 
to our cash, cash equivalents and marketable debt securities.  Except for the foreign exchange risk described 
below, we believe that there has been no material quantitative changes in our market risk exposure between 
December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

Interest Rate Risk

Our exposure to interest rate risk relates primarily to our revolving credit facility and our investments 
in  cash  equivalents  and  marketable  debt  securities  portfolio.   At  December 31,  2015,  we  had  no  debt 
outstanding under our revolving credit facility and therefore were not exposed to interest rate risk with respect 
to interest payable under that facility.

In general, our investments in cash equivalents and marketable debt securities are governed by our 
investment policy, which has been approved by our Board of Directors.  Our investment policy seeks to 
preserve  the  value  of  capital,  consistent  with  maximizing  return  on  our  investments  while  maintaining 
adequate liquidity.  In 2013, we changed our cash management program to invest in more marketable securities 
in an effort to increase returns on our cash and cash equivalents.  To achieve our investment objectives, we 
maintain a portfolio of various holdings, types and maturities and invest in securities that meet or exceed 
our investment policy standards, such as high credit quality debt securities.

We continue to be exposed to interest rate risk related to our cash equivalents and marketable securities.  
Generally, our interest rate risk with respect to these investments is limited due to yields earned.  Changes 
in the overall level of interest rates affect the interest income generated by our cash, cash equivalents and 

68

Table of Contents

marketable securities.  Our investment policy limits the amount of credit exposure to any one issue, issuer 
or type of security.  Our securities all have maturity dates within three years of the date of purchase and are 
designated as available for sale.  As of December 31, 2015, we believe that a hypothetical 10% change in 
interest rates would not materially affect the underlying valuation of our marketable securities.

Foreign Exchange Risk

We operate in countries other than the United States and, therefore, we are exposed to foreign currency 
risks.  Most of our direct sales outside of the United States are billed in local currencies.  We expect that the 
percentage of our sales and certain operating expenses denominated in foreign currencies will increase in 
the foreseeable future as we continue to expand into international markets.  When our sales or expenses are 
not denominated in U.S. dollars, a fluctuation in exchange rates could affect our net income.  We believe 
that a hypothetical 10% increase/decrease in foreign currency exchange rates would have decreased/increased 
our 2015 net income by approximately $1.7 million and approximately $2.1 million, respectively.  We do 
not currently hedge our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations; however, we may choose 
to hedge our exposure in the future.

69

Table of Contents

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC.
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms

Consolidated Balance Sheets

Consolidated Statements of Income

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

Consolidated Statements of Equity

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

71

75

76

77

78

79

80

70

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Globus Medical, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Globus Medical, Inc. (a Delaware 
corporation)  and  subsidiaries  (the  “Company”)  as  of  December  31,  2015  and  the  related  consolidated 
statements of income, comprehensive income, equity and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2015. 
Our audit of the basic consolidated financial statements included the financial statement schedule listed in 
the index appearing under Item 15(a)(2). These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the 
responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial 
statements and financial statement schedule based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight 
Board  (United  States). Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable 
assurance  about  whether  the  financial  statements  are  free  of  material  misstatement. An  audit  includes 
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An 
audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, 
as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall  financial  statement  presentation.  We  believe  that  our  audit  provides  a 
reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material 
respects, the financial position of Globus Medical, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2015, and the 
results of their operations and their cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2015 in conformity with 
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the related 
financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken 
as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight 
Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, 
based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated February 29, 2016 
expressed an unqualified opinion.

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP 

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
February 29, 2016 

71

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Board of Directors and Stockholders
Globus Medical, Inc.:

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Globus Medical, Inc. (a Delaware 
corporation) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2015, based on criteria established in the 
2013 Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the 
Treadway  Commission  (COSO).  The  Company’s  management  is  responsible  for  maintaining  effective 
internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over 
financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial 
Reporting.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight 
Board  (United  States). Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable 
assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material 
respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing 
the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of 
internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary 
in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable 
assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for 
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control 
over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records 
that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the 
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation 
of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and 
expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and 
directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of 
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the 
financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect 
misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk 
that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance 
with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In  our  opinion,  the  Company  maintained,  in  all  material  respects,  effective  internal  control  over 
financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control-
Integrated Framework issued by COSO.

72

Table of Contents

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight 
Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the year ended 
December  31,  2015,  and  our  report  dated February  29,  2016  expressed  an  unqualified opinion  on  those 
financial statements.

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
February 29, 2016 

73

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Globus Medical, Inc.:

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheet  of  Globus  Medical,  Inc.  and 
subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive 
income, equity and cash flows for each of the years in the 
period ended December 31, 2014.  In 
connection with our audits of the consolidated financial statements, we also have audited financial statement 
schedule II for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 in Item 15 (a) (2).  These consolidated financial 
statements  and  financial  statement  schedule  are  the  responsibility  of  the  Company’s  management.    Our 
responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and financial statement 
schedule based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company Accounting 
Oversight  Board  (United  States).   Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain 
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit 
includes  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence  supporting  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  financial 
statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made 
by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits 
provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material 
respects, the financial position of Globus Medical, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014, and the 
results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the 
period ended December 31, 
2014, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.  Also in our opinion, the related 
financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken 
as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein. 

/s/ KPMG LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
February 26, 2015

74

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

Table of Contents

(In thousands, except par value)

ASSETS
Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents

Restricted cash

Short-term marketable securities

Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $2,513 and $1,647, respectively

Inventories

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Income taxes receivable

Deferred income taxes

Total current assets

Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $139,114 and $118,544,

respectively

Long-term marketable securities

Intangible assets, net

Goodwill

Other assets

Total assets

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current liabilities:

Accounts payable

Accounts payable to related-party

Accrued expenses

Income taxes payable

Business acquisition liabilities, current

Total current liabilities

Business acquisition liabilities, net of current portion

Deferred income taxes
Other liabilities

Total liabilities

Commitments and contingencies (Note 14)
Equity:

Class A common stock; $0.001 par value.  Authorized 500,000 shares; issued and

outstanding 71,442 and 70,828 shares at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively

Class B common stock; $0.001 par value.  Authorized 275,000 shares; issued and

outstanding 23,878 shares at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively

Additional paid-in capital

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

Retained earnings
Total equity
Total liabilities and equity

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

75

December 31,
2015

December 31,
2014

$

60,152 $
26,119

220,877

77,681

105,260

7,351

8,672

38,687
544,799

114,743

48,762

33,242

91,964

590
834,100 $

15,971 $
—

53,769

763

12,188
82,691

21,126

13,260
1,699
118,776

71

24

192,629

(1,958 )

524,558
715,324
834,100 $

$

$

$

82,265

23,370

146,439

75,430

90,945

5,742

5,772

40,062
470,025

69,475

75,347

34,529

53,196

975
703,547

15,904

5,359

61,499

569

6,081
89,412
20,195

5,166
3,320
118,093

71

24

175,242

(1,657 )

411,774
585,454
703,547

Table of Contents

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Sales

Cost of goods sold
Gross profit

Operating expenses:

Research and development

Selling, general and administrative

Provision for litigation
Total operating expenses

Operating income

Other income, net:

Interest income, net

Foreign currency transaction loss

Other income
Total other income, net

Income before income taxes

Income tax provision

Net income

Earnings per share:

Basic

Diluted

Weighted average shares outstanding:

Basic
Dilutive stock options

Diluted

December 31,
2015

Year Ended

December 31,
2014

December 31,
2013

$

544,753 $
132,803
411,950

474,371 $
110,857
363,514

434,459
100,343
334,116

36,982

214,014

(11,268 )
239,728

31,687

187,798

5,667
225,152

26,870

182,518

23,055
232,443

172,222

138,362

101,673

1,304

(1,159 )

438

583

805

(899 )

374

280

467

(804 )

665

328

172,805

60,021

138,642
46,157

102,001
33,389

112,784 $

92,485 $

68,612

1.19 $
1.17 $

0.98 $

0.97 $

95,046
1,027

96,073

94,227
1,230

95,457

0.74

0.73

92,647
1,545

94,192

$

$

$

Anti-dilutive stock options excluded from weighted average calculation

3,348

1,666

1,975

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

76

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

December 31,
2015

Year Ended

December 31,
2014

December 31,
2013

$

112,784 $

92,485 $

68,612

(55)
(246)
(301)
112,483

$

$

(96)
(552)
(648)
91,837

$

32
(274)
(242)
68,370

Table of Contents

(In thousands)
Net income

Other comprehensive loss:

Unrealized gain/(loss) on marketable securities, net of tax

Change in accumulated foreign currency translation loss

Total other comprehensive loss

Comprehensive income

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

77

Table of Contents

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY

(In thousands)
Balance at December 31, 2012
Stock-based compensation
Exercise of stock options
Tax benefit related to

nonqualified stock options
exercised

Comprehensive income
Balance at December 31, 2013
Conversion to Class A
Stock-based compensation
Exercise of stock options
Tax benefit related to

nonqualified stock options
exercised

Comprehensive income
Balance at December 31, 2014
Stock-based compensation
Exercise of stock options
Tax benefit related to

nonqualified stock options
exercised

Comprehensive income
Balance at December 31, 2015

Class A
Common
stock

Shares
63,892

$
$ 64
— —
2

2,173

— —
— —
66
3
— —
2

66,065
3,500

1,263

70,828

— —
— —
71
— —
—

614

Class B
Common
Stock

Shares
27,378

$
$ 27
— —
— —

Additional
paid-in
capital
$ 136,501
5,177
7,553

27,378
(3,500)

— —
— —
27
(3)
— —
— —

23,878

— —
— —
24
— —
— —

4,756
—
153,987
—
7,111
9,736

4,408
—
175,242
9,860
5,477

Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income

$

Retained
earnings
(767) $ 250,677
—
—

—
—

—
(242)
(1,009)
—
—
—

—
(648)
(1,657)
—
—

—
68,612
319,289
—
—
—

—
92,485
411,774
—
—

Total
$ 386,502
5,177
7,555

4,756
68,370
472,360
—
7,111
9,738

4,408
91,837
585,454
9,860
5,477

— —
— —
$ 71

71,442

— —
— —
$ 24

23,878

2,050
—
$ 192,629

$

—
(301)

—
112,784
(1,958) $ 524,558

2,050
112,483
$ 715,324

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

78

Table of Contents

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating

activities:

Depreciation and amortization
Amortization of premium on marketable securities
Write-down for excess and obsolete inventories
Stock-based compensation expense
Excess tax benefit related to nonqualified stock options
Allowance for doubtful accounts
Change in deferred income taxes
Increase in:

Restricted cash
Accounts receivable
Inventories
Prepaid expenses and other assets

Increase/(decrease) in:
Accounts payable
Accounts payable to related party
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
Income taxes payable/receivable

Net cash provided by operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchases of marketable securities
Maturities of marketable securities
Sales of marketable securities
Purchases of property and equipment
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities:

Payment of business acquisition liabilities
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
Excess tax benefit related to nonqualified stock options

Net cash provided by financing activities

Effect of foreign exchange rate on cash

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

Interest paid
Income taxes paid

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

79

December 31,
2015

Year Ended

December 31,
2014

December 31,
2013

$

112,784 $

92,485 $

68,612

24,084
3,354
9,924
9,639
(2,050 )
1,465
6,235

(2,749 )
(4,193 )
(19,327 )
(1,203 )

(3,825 )
(5,359 )
(6,165 )
(657 )
121,957

(297,707 )
188,702
57,728
(50,760 )
(48,513 )
(150,550 )

(1,200 )
5,477
2,050
6,327

153

21,754
2,680
6,962
7,111
(4,408 )
318
(4,379 )

(23,370 )
(12,667 )
(18,001 )
(249 )

4,628
2,703
4,018
(413 )
79,172

(251,422 )
184,567
27,737
(24,754 )
(36,128 )
(100,000 )

(1,200 )
9,738
4,408
12,946

185

19,397
2,358
8,212
5,177
(4,756 )
693
(14,858 )

—
(9,612 )
(16,678 )
(2,955 )

1,840
100
26,963
8,978
93,471

(240,892 )
40,560
13,637
(23,680 )
(16,775 )
(227,150 )

(1,300 )
7,555
4,756
11,011

230

(22,113 )
82,265
60,152 $

(7,697 )
89,962
82,265 $

(122,438 )
212,400
89,962

9
57,100 $

32
51,096 $

96
38,719

$

$

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1. BACKGROUND AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

(a) The Company

Globus Medical, Inc., together with its subsidiaries, is a medical device company focused on the 
design,  development  and  commercialization  of  musculoskeletal  implants.    We  are  currently  focused  on 
implants that promote healing in patients with spine disorders.  We have also recently begun to develop a 
robotic surgical navigation device and products to treat patients who have experienced orthopedic traumas, 
although those development efforts are still ongoing and we currently have no robotic or orthopedic trauma 
products that are cleared by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration for sale.  We are an engineering-driven 
company with a history of rapidly developing and commercializing advanced products and procedures that 
assist surgeons in effectively treating their patients, respond to evolving surgeon needs and address new 
treatment options.  Since our inception in 2003, we have launched over 150 products and offer a product 
portfolio addressing a broad array of spinal pathologies.

We  are  headquartered  in Audubon,  Pennsylvania,  and  market  and  sell  our  products  through  our 
exclusive sales force in the United States, as well as within North, Central and South America, Europe, Asia, 
Africa  and  Australia.    The  sales  force  consists  of  direct  sales  representatives  and  distributor  sales 
representatives employed by exclusive independent distributors.

The terms the “Company,” “Globus,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Globus Medical, Inc. and, where 

applicable, our consolidated subsidiaries.

(b) Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. 
generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) for financial statements and with Regulation S-X.  

Certain reclassifications have been made to prior period statements to conform to the current period 

presentation.

(c) Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Globus and its wholly 

owned subsidiaries.  All intercompany balances and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.

(d) Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires 
management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and 
disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the 
reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  We base our estimates, in part, on 
historical experience that management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances.  Actual results 
could differ from those estimates.  Estimates and assumptions are periodically reviewed and the effects of 
revisions  are  reflected  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements  in  the  period  they  are  determined  to  be 
necessary.

80

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Significant areas that require management’s estimates include intangible assets, contingent payment 
liabilities, allowance for doubtful accounts, stock-based compensation, write-down for excess and obsolete 
inventory, useful lives of assets, the outcome of litigation, and income taxes.  We are subject to risks and 
uncertainties due to changes in the healthcare environment, regulatory oversight, competition, and legislation 
that may cause actual results to differ from estimated results.

(e) Foreign Currency Translation

The functional currency of our foreign subsidiaries is their local currency.  Assets and liabilities of 
the foreign subsidiaries are translated at the period end currency exchange rate and revenues and expenses 
are translated at an average currency exchange rate for the period.  The resulting foreign currency translation 
gains and losses are included as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income.  Gains and losses 
arising from intercompany foreign transactions are included in other income, net on the consolidated statement 
of operations.

(f) Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand and all highly liquid investments with a maturity of 

three months or less when purchased.

(g) Restricted Cash

In December 2014, we set aside cash for the payment of a portion of the Synthes and Bianco litigations.  
We classified this cash as restricted, as the amount was placed in escrow to be used for payment of the 
litigation obligations, should we not be successful with our appeals.  As of December 31, 2015, we have 
$26.1 million of restricted cash related to these matters.  See “Note 14. Commitments and Contingencies” 
and “Note 19. Subsequent Events” below for more details regarding these litigation matters.

(h) Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The majority of our accounts receivable is composed of amounts due from hospitals.  We carry our 
accounts receivable at cost less an allowance for doubtful accounts.  On a regular basis, we evaluate our 
accounts receivable and estimate an allowance for doubtful accounts, as needed, based on various factors 
such as our customers’ current credit conditions, length of time past due, and the general economy as a whole.  
Receivables are written off against the allowance when they are deemed uncollectible.

(i) Concentrations of Credit Risk

Financial instruments, which potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk, are primarily cash 
and cash equivalents and accounts receivable.  Concentrations of credit risk with respect to accounts receivable 
are limited due to the large number of entities comprising our customer base.  We perform ongoing credit 
evaluations of our customers and generally do not require collateral.

There was no customer that accounted for 10% or more of sales for the years ended December 31, 

2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively.

81

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(j) Marketable Securities

Our  marketable  securities  include  municipal  bonds,  corporate  debt  securities,  commercial  paper, 
securities of U.S. government-sponsored agencies and asset-backed securities, and are classified as available-
for-sale as of December 31, 2015.  Available-for-sale securities are recorded at fair value in both short-term 
and long-term marketable securities on our consolidated balance sheets.  The change in fair value for available-
for-sale securities is recorded, net of taxes, as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income on 
our consolidated balance sheets.  Premiums and discounts are recognized over the life of the related security 
as  an  adjustment  to  yield  using  the  straight-line  method.    Realized  gains  or  losses  from  the  sale  of  our 
marketable securities are determined on a specific identification basis.  Realized gains and losses, along with 
interest income and the amortization/accretion of premiums/discounts are included as a component of other 
income, net, on our consolidated statements of income.  Interest receivable is recorded as a component of 
prepaid expenses and other current assets on our consolidated balance sheets.

We maintain a portfolio of various holdings, types and maturities, though most of the securities in 
our portfolio could be liquidated at minimal cost at any time.  We invest in securities that meet or exceed 
standards as defined in our investment policy.  Our policy also limits the amount of credit exposure to any 
one issue, issuer or type of security.  We review our securities for other-than-temporary impairment at each 
reporting period.  If an unrealized loss for any security is considered to be other-than-temporary, the loss will 
be recognized in our consolidated statement of income in the period the determination is made.

(k) Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market.  Cost is determined on a first-in, first-out basis.  
The majority of our inventories are finished goods as we mainly utilize third-party suppliers to source our 
products.  We periodically evaluate the carrying value of our inventories in relation to our estimated forecast 
of  product  demand,  which  takes  into  consideration  the  estimated  life  cycle  of  product  releases.    When 
quantities on hand exceed estimated sales forecasts, we record a write-down for such excess inventories.

(l) Property and Equipment

Property  and  equipment  are  recorded  at  cost  less  accumulated  depreciation.    Additions  or 
improvements are capitalized, while repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred.  Depreciation and 
amortization are provided using the straight-line method over the related useful lives of the assets.

When assets are sold or otherwise disposed of, the related property, equipment, and accumulated 
depreciation amounts are relieved from the accounts, and any gain or loss is recorded in the consolidated 
statements of operations.

(m) Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess purchase price over the fair values of the identifiable assets acquired 
less the liabilities assumed.  Goodwill is tested for impairment at a minimum on an annual basis.  Goodwill 
is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level by comparing the reporting unit’s carrying amount, to the 
fair value of the reporting unit.  The fair values are estimated using an income and discounted cash flow 
approach.  For the year ended December 31, 2015, we performed a qualitative test for impairment as permitted 
under  Financial Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  authoritative  guidance.    During  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, we did not record any impairment charges related to goodwill.

82

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Intangible  assets  consist  of  purchased  in-process  research  and  development  (“IPR&D”),  supplier 
network, patents, customer relationships and non-compete agreements.  Intangible assets with finite useful 
lives are amortized over the period of estimated benefit using the straight-line method and estimated useful 
lives ranging from one to seventeen years.  Intangible assets are tested for impairment annually or whenever 
events or circumstances indicate that a carrying amount of an asset (asset group) may not be recoverable.  If 
impairment is indicated, we measure the amount of the impairment loss as the amount by which the carrying 
amount exceeds the fair value of the asset.  Fair value is generally determined using a discounted future cash 
flow analysis.

IPR&D has an indefinite life and is not amortized until completion of the project at which time the 
IPR&D becomes an amortizable asset.  If the related project is not completed in a timely manner, we may 
have an impairment related to the IPR&D, calculated as the excess of the asset’s carrying value over its fair 
value.

We completed our annual qualitative indefinite lived intangible asset impairment review in the fourth 

quarter of 2015 and determined that our intangible assets were not impaired.

(n) Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

We periodically evaluate the recoverability of the carrying amount of long-lived assets, which include 
property and equipment, as well as whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying 
amount of an asset group may not be fully recoverable.  An impairment is assessed when the undiscounted 
future cash flows from the use and eventual disposition of an asset group are less than its carrying value.  If 
impairment is indicated, we measure the amount of the impairment loss as the amount by which the carrying 
amount exceeds the fair value of the asset group.  Our fair value methodology is based on quoted market 
prices, if available.  If quoted market prices are not available, an estimate of fair value is made based on 
prices of similar assets or other valuation techniques including present value techniques.  We reviewed our 
long-lived assets and recorded an immaterial impairment charge as a component of cost of goods sold during 
2013; there was no impairment of our long-lived assets during 2015 and 2014.

(o) Revenue Recognition

Revenue  is  recognized  when  persuasive  evidence  of  an  arrangement  exists,  product  delivery  has 
occurred, pricing is fixed or determinable, and collection is reasonably assured.  A significant portion of our 
revenue is generated from consigned inventory maintained at hospitals or with sales representatives.  For 
these products, revenue is recognized at the time the product is used or implanted.  For all other transactions, 
we recognize revenue when title to the goods and risk of loss transfer to customers, provided there are no 
remaining performance obligations that will affect the customer’s final acceptance of the sale.  Our policy 
is to classify shipping and handling costs billed to customers as sales and the related expenses as cost of 
goods sold.

(p) Research and Development

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.  Research and development costs include 
salaries, employee benefits, supplies, consulting services, clinical services and clinical trial costs, and facilities 
costs.  Costs incurred in obtaining technology licenses and patents are charged immediately to research and 
development  expense  if  the  technology  licensed  has  not  reached  technological  feasibility  and  has  no 
alternative future use.

83

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(q) Stock-Based Compensation

The cost for employee and non-employee director awards is measured at the grant date based on the 
fair value of the award.  The fair value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is 
recognized as expense over the requisite service period (generally the vesting period of the equity award).  
Awards issued to non-employees are recorded at their fair value as determined in accordance with authoritative 
guidance, and are periodically revalued as the awards vest and are recognized as expense over the requisite 
service period.

The determination of the fair value of stock options is made utilizing the Black-Scholes option-pricing 
model  which  is  affected  by  our  stock  price  and  a  number  of  assumptions,  including  expected  volatility, 
expected term, risk-free interest rate and expected dividends.  As we became a publicly traded entity in 2012, 
historic volatility for our common stock is insufficient to estimate expected volatility.  As a result, we estimate 
volatility based on a consistently defined peer group of public companies that we believe collectively provides 
a reasonable basis for estimating volatility.  We intend to continue to use the consistently defined group of 
publicly traded peer companies to determine volatility in the future until sufficient information regarding 
volatility of the price of our shares of Class A common stock becomes available or the selected companies 
are no longer suitable for this purpose.

The expected term of the stock options is determined utilizing the simplified method given the limited 
extent of our historical data.  The risk-free interest rate assumption is based on observed interest rates of U.S. 
Treasury securities appropriate for the expected terms of the stock options.  The dividend yield assumption 
is based on the history and expectation of no dividend payouts.

(r) Income Taxes

Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  recognized  for  the  future  tax  consequences  attributable  to 
differences  between  the  financial  statement  carrying  amounts  of  existing  assets  and  liabilities  and  their 
respective tax bases.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to 
apply to taxable income in the year in which such items are expected to be recovered or settled.  The effect 
on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the period that includes the 
enactment date.  A valuation allowance is established to offset any deferred tax assets if, based upon available 
evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Significant judgment is required in determining income tax provisions and in evaluating tax positions.  
We will establish additional provisions for income taxes when, despite the belief that tax positions are fully 
supportable, there remain certain positions that do not meet the minimum probability threshold that a tax 
position is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by the taxing authority.  In the normal 
course of business, we and our subsidiaries are examined by various federal, state, and foreign tax authorities.  
We regularly assess the potential outcomes of these examinations and any future examinations for the current 
or prior years in determining the adequacy of the provision for income taxes.  We periodically assess the 
likelihood and amount of potential adjustments and adjust the income tax provision, the current tax liability, 
and deferred taxes in the period in which the facts that give rise to a revision become known.

(s) Fair Value of Financial Instruments

As of December 31, 2015, the carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, 
accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate their respective fair values based 

84

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

on their short-term nature.  We classify our financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value into 
one  of  the  three  categories  based  upon  inputs  used  to  determine  fair  value.    See  “Note  5.  Fair  Value 
Measurements” below for more details regarding inputs and classifications.

(t) Advertising Expense

We expense advertising costs as they are incurred.  Advertising expense was $0.4 million, $0.5 million 

and $0.5 million, for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively.

(u) Legal Costs

We expense legal costs related to loss contingencies as incurred.

(v) Medical Device Excise Tax

Effective as of January 1, 2013, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the 
Health  Care  and  Education Affordability  Reconciliation Act  (collectively  “PPACA”)  imposed  a  medical 
device excise tax (“MDET”) of 2.3% on any entity that manufactures or imports certain medical devices 
offered for sale in the United States.  We account for the MDET as a component of our cost of goods sold.  
For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, we recognized expenses of $8.1 million, $7.1 million 
and $7.2 million, respectively.

The Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2016, which was signed into law in December 2015, includes 
a two-year suspension on the medical device excise tax, effective January 1, 2016.  Without further legislative 
action, the tax will automatically be reinstated for certain medical device sales in the United States starting 
on January 1, 2018.

(w) Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In  May  2014,  the  FASB  and  the  International Accounting  Standards  Board  released Accounting 
Standards Update 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) (“ASU 2014-09”).  ASU 
2014-09  is  designed  to  create  greater  comparability  for  financial  statement  users  across  industries  and 
jurisdictions.  Under the new standard, an entity will recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or 
services to customers in amounts that reflect the payment to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange 
for  those  goods  or  services.    The  standard  also  will  require  enhanced  disclosures  and  provide  more 
comprehensive guidance for transactions such as service revenue and contract modifications.  The standard 
was to take effect for public companies for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and 
early adoption was prohibited.  Entities can transition to the standard either retrospectively or as a cumulative-
effect adjustment as of the date of adoption.

In August 2015, the FASB released ASU 2015-14, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 
606): Deferral of the Effective Date (“ASU 2015-14”), which defers the effective date of ASU 2014-09 by 
one year while providing the option to early adopt the standard on the original effective date.  We are currently 
evaluating the timing and impact of the new standard on our financial position, results of operations, and 
disclosures.

In July 2015, the FASB released ASU 2015-11, Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory (Topic 
330) (“ASU 2015-11”) as part of the FASB’s Simplification Initiative.  This update is intended to more closely 
align the measurement of inventory under GAAP with the measurement of inventory under International 
85

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Financial Reporting Standards.  Within the scope of the update, an entity is required to measure inventory at 
the lower of cost or net realizable value.  Net realizable value is defined as the estimated selling price in the 
ordinary course of business, less reasonable and predictable costs of completion, disposal and transportation.  
ASU 2015-11 is effective for all public entities for fiscal years beginning after December 31, 2016, including 
interim reporting periods within that period, and is required to be applied prospectively, with early adoption 
permitted.  We are currently evaluating the impact of the new standard on our financial position, results of 
operations, and disclosures.

In September 2015, the FASB released ASU 2015-16, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Simplifying 
the Accounting  for  Measurement-Period Adjustments  (“ASU  2015-16”).   ASU  2015-16  requires  that  an 
acquirer recognize adjustments to provisional amounts that are identified during the measurement period in 
the reporting period in which the adjustment amounts are determined.  Prior to the issuance of the standard, 
entities were required to retrospectively apply adjustments made to provisional amounts recognized in a 
business combination.  The amendments in ASU 2015-16 require an entity to present separately on the face 
of the income statement, or disclose in the notes, the portion of the amount recorded in current-period earnings 
by line item that would have been recorded in previous reporting periods if the adjustment to the provisional 
amounts had been recognized as of the acquisition date.  ASU 2015-16 is effective for fiscal years, and interim 
periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2015, with early adoption permitted.  The update 
is not expected to have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations, and disclosures.

In  November  2015,  the  FASB  released ASU  2015-17,  Income  Taxes  (Topic  740):  Balance  Sheet 
Classification of Deferred Taxes (“ASU 2015-17”).  ASU 2015-17 simplifies the presentation of deferred 
income taxes by requiring that all deferred income taxes are classified as noncurrent in a classified statement 
of financial position.  The amendments in ASU 2015-17 also aligns the presentation of deferred taxes with 
that of International Financial Reporting Standards.  This update is effective for financial statements issued 
for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods, with 
earlier application permitted for all entities as of the beginning of an interim or annual reporting period.

The amendments in ASU 2015-17 may be applied either prospectively to all deferred tax liabilities 
and assets or retrospectively to all periods presented.  If an entity applies the guidance prospectively, the 
entity should disclose in the first interim and first annual period of change, the nature of and reason for the 
change in accounting principle and a statement that prior periods were not retrospectively adjusted.  If an 
entity applies the guidance retrospectively, the entity should disclose in the first interim and first annual 
period of change the nature of and reason for the change in accounting principle and quantitative information 
about the effects of the accounting change on prior periods.  We are currently evaluating the impact of the 
new standard on our financial position, results of operations, and disclosures.

NOTE 2. ACQUISITIONS

Branch Medical Group, Inc.

On February 25, 2015, we entered into an agreement to acquire Branch Medical Group, Inc. (“BMG”), 
a related-party manufacturer of high precision medical devices located in Audubon, PA.  We closed this 
acquisition on March 11, 2015, for $57.0 million in cash, $5.3 million in deferred consideration, and $0.9 
million of closing working capital adjustments.  The amount payable to BMG on the date of acquisition of 
$5.2 million was also settled in connection with the acquisition.

86

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

As previously disclosed in our definitive proxy statement, BMG had been a related-party supplier 
since 2005.  As of February 24, 2015, David C. Paul's wife, David D. Davidar's wife, and David M. Demski 
collectively owned approximately 49% of the outstanding stock of BMG.  In addition, since February 2010, 
Mr. Paul's wife and Mr. Davidar's wife had served as directors of BMG.  Prior to the acquisition, we purchased 
products and services from BMG pursuant to a standard Supplier Quality Agreement entered into in September 
2010.

We accounted for the acquisition under the purchase method of accounting, and as a result, recorded 
goodwill of $39.0 million.  The results of operations of BMG have been included in our results of operations 
from the date of acquisition.  Amounts recognized for assets acquired and liabilities assumed are based on 
purchase price allocations and on certain management judgments.  These allocations are based on an analysis 
of the estimated fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including identifiable tangible assets, 
and estimates of the useful lives of tangible assets.  We completed our final purchase price allocations during 
September 2015.  The goodwill from this acquisition is not deductible for tax purposes.

The  table  below  represents  the  final  purchase  price  allocation  for  the  identifiable  tangible  and 

intangible assets and liabilities of BMG:

(In thousands)

Consideration:

Cash paid at closing

Deferred consideration

Closing adjustments payable

Fair value of consideration

Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed:

Cash acquired

Accounts receivable

Inventory

Other assets

Property and equipment

Accounts payable and accrued expenses
Deferred tax liability, net

Total identifiable net assets

Goodwill

Total allocated purchase price

$

$

$

57,042

5,290

944

63,276

9,026

88

4,753

444

14,862
(1,585)
(3,280)
24,308

38,968

63,276

$

We  believe  the  vertical  integration  opportunity  afforded  by  BMG  will  strengthen  Globus,  both 
operationally and financially.  We expect this acquisition, together with other investments in our in-house 
manufacturing capabilities, to enable us to achieve our goal of in-house production of approximately one-
half of our spinal implant product purchases by 2018.

The following updated unaudited pro forma information is based on historical data, and gives effect 
to our acquisition of BMG as if the acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2014.  These unaudited pro forma 
results  include adjustments having a continuing impact on our consolidated statements of income.  These 

87

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

adjustments  consist  of:  elimination  of  intercompany  sales/purchase  transactions  and  the  related  profit, 
adjustments to depreciation for the fair value and depreciable lives of property and equipment, adjustments 
in the capitalization of overhead costs and adjustments to tax expense based on consolidated pro forma results.  
These  results  have  been  prepared  using  assumptions  our  management  believes  are  reasonable,  but  not 
necessarily indicative of the actual results that would have occurred if the acquisition had occurred on January 
1, 2014, and are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be achieved in the future, including but not 
limited to operating synergies that we may realize as a result of the acquisition.

(pro forma, unaudited, in thousands, except per share amounts)

Net sales

Net income

Earnings per share:

Basic

Diluted

Year Ended

December 31,
2015

December 31,
2014

$

544,578

$

474,544

115,915

92,945

$

$

1.22

1.21

$

$

0.99

0.97

Transplant Technologies of Texas, Ltd.

On  October  23,  2014,  we  entered  into  an  equity  interest  purchase  agreement  with  Transplant 
Technologies of Texas, Ltd. (“TTOT”), an allograft tissue processor located in San Antonio, Texas, pursuant 
to which we acquired 100% of the equity interests for $36.1 million.  In addition to the initial purchase price, 
we may be obligated to make milestone payments of up to $15.0 million over the next three years based 
primarily on sales thresholds from the product lines we acquired.

TTOT was privately held and provides human tissue products including bone allografts, biomaterials, 
and soft tissue products for spine, orthopedics, sports medicine, dental, and wound care markets and represents 
a key step in fulfilling our strategy of building a broad business in regenerative biologics.  While we continue 
to partner with third party suppliers for some of our existing allograft products, the acquisition of TTOT 
expanded our suite of regenerative biologics products.  We believe this acquisition will also improve our 
capabilities for the development of new and innovative human allograft tissue products in the future.

We accounted for the acquisition under the purchase method of accounting, and as a result, recorded 
goodwill of $34.6 million.  The results of operations of TTOT have been included in our results of operations 
from the date of acquisition.  Pro forma supplemental financial information is not provided as the impact of 
the TTOT  acquisition  is  immaterial  to  the  operating  results  for  the  years  ended  December 31,  2014  and 
December 31, 2013.  Amounts recognized for assets acquired and liabilities assumed are based on purchase 
price allocations and on certain management judgments.  These allocations are based on an analysis of the 
estimated fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including identifiable tangible and intangible 
assets, and estimates of the useful lives of tangible and amortizable intangible assets.  We completed our final 
purchase  price  allocations  during  March  2015  and  the  final  purchase  price  adjustments  subsequent  to 
December 31, 2014 were not material.  The goodwill from this acquisition is deductible for tax purposes.

88

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The  table  below  represents  the  final  purchase  price  allocation  for  the  identifiable  tangible  and 

intangible assets of TTOT:

(In thousands)

Consideration:

Cash paid at closing

Contingent consideration

Fair value of consideration

Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed:

Inventory

Supplier network

Customer relationships

Accounts receivable

Equipment

Trade names

Other assets

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

Total identifiable net assets

Goodwill

Total allocated purchase price

$

$

$

36,128
11,300 (1)
47,428

9,599

4,000

1,600

1,529

518

300

292
(5,034)
12,804

34,624

47,428

$

(1)  The contingent consideration relates to the achievement of certain sales milestones.  As of December 31, 2014, the aggregate, 
undiscounted amount of contingent consideration that we could pay related to the acquisitions ranges from zero to $15.0 
million (see “Note 5. Fair Value Measurements” below).

Excelsius Surgical

On  December  23,  2013,  we  entered  into  an  asset  purchase  agreement  with  Excelsius  Surgical 
(“Excelsius”), a small robotics development company, pursuant to which we acquired substantially all of its 
assets for $16.8 million.  In addition to the initial purchase price, we may be obligated to make a milestone 
payment and revenue sharing payments based upon a percentage of net sales of certain products based on 
the intellectual property we acquired in the transaction.  Excelsius was privately held and is focused on 
developing a next generation surgical robotic positioning platform for spine, brain and therapeutic markets.  
The technology is intended to enable surgeons to perform minimally invasive and percutaneous surgical 
procedures with greater accuracy, safety and reproducibility than is currently available.  We accounted for 
this acquisition under the purchase method of accounting, and as a result, recorded goodwill of $3.0 million.  
The goodwill from this acquisition is deductible for tax purposes.

The table below represents the valuation of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as part of this 

2013 purchase:

89

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands)

Identifiable intangible assets:

In-process research & development

Non-compete agreements

Contingent consideration

Total identifiable net assets

Goodwill

Net assets acquired

$

20,460

20
(6,704) (2)
13,776

2,999

16,775

$

(2)  The contingent consideration relates to the achievement of certain regulatory milestones and royalties.  As of December 31, 
2013, the aggregate, undiscounted amount of contingent consideration that we could pay related to the acquisitions ranged 
from zero to $14.3 million (see “Note 5. Fair Value Measurements” below).

These  acquisitions,  which  expand  our  product  pipeline,  did  not  have  a  material  effect  on  our 
consolidated net sales or operating income for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 or 2013.  The assets 
acquired and liabilities assumed as a result of the acquisitions were included in our consolidated balance 
sheet as of the acquisition dates.  The purchase price for each of the acquisitions was primarily allocated to 
the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair 
values  on  the  acquisition  dates.    The  fair  value  assigned  to  identifiable  intangible  assets  acquired  was 
determined primarily by using the income approach, which discounts expected future cash flows to present 
value using estimates and assumptions determined by management.  Purchased identifiable intangible assets 
are amortized on a straight-line basis over their respective estimated useful lives.  The excess purchase price 
over the value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets was recorded as goodwill.

The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of contingent 
payments associated with acquisitions during the years ended December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014:

(In thousands)

Balance at December 31, 2013

Purchase price contingent consideration

Contingent payments
Changes in fair value of contingent consideration classified in operating expenses (1)

Balance at December 31, 2014

Purchase price contingent consideration

Contingent payments
Changes in fair value of contingent consideration classified in operating expenses (2)

$

14,177

11,300
(11)
(1,131)
24,335

—
(836)
3,118

Balance at December 31, 2015

$

26,617

(1) Reduction in fair value during 2014 due primarily to reductions to a contingent royalty accrual, offset partially by increases 

in other royalty and milestone accruals.

(2) Increase in fair value during 2015 due primarily to the achievement of a portion of the TTOT contingent consideration and 

the increase in the probability of achievement of the Excelsius milestone contingent consideration.

90

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 3. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

A summary of intangible assets is presented below:

(In thousands)

In-process research & development

Supplier network

Customer relationships & other intangibles

Patents

Total intangible assets

(In thousands)

In-process research & development

Supplier network

Customer relationships & other intangibles

Patents

Total intangible assets

Amortization expense was as follows:

(in thousands)

Intangible asset amortization expense

Weighted-
Average
Amortization
Period
(in years)

—

10.0

7.3

17.0

Weighted-
Average
Amortization
Period
(in years)

—

10.0

7.3

17.0

$

$

$

$

December 31, 2015

Gross
Carrying
Amount  

Accumulated
Amortization  

Intangible
Assets, net

24,560

$

— $

24,560

4,000

5,525

2,495

36,580

$

(467)
(2,384)
(487)
(3,338) $

3,533

3,141

2,008

33,242

December 31, 2014

Gross
Carrying
Amount  

Accumulated
Amortization  

Intangible
Assets, net

24,560

$

3,800

5,525

2,420

36,305

$

— $
(88)
(1,344)
(344)
(1,776) $

24,560

3,712

4,181

2,076

34,529

December 31,
2015

Year Ended
December 31,
2014

December 31,
2013

$

1,562

$

710

$

528

91

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For intangible assets subject to amortization as of December 31, 2015, the following is the 

expected future amortization:

(In thousands)

Year ending December 31:

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

Thereafter

Total

Annual
Amortization

$

$

1,566

1,432

880

876

876

3,052

8,682

NOTE 4. MARKETABLE SECURITIES

The composition of our short-term and long-term marketable securities is as follows:

(In thousands)

Short-term:

Municipal bonds

Corporate debt securities

Commercial paper

Securities of U.S. government-

sponsored agencies

Asset backed securities

Total short-term marketable securities

Long-term:

Municipal bonds

Corporate debt securities

Asset backed securities

Total long-term marketable securities

Contractual 
Maturity
(in years)

Amortized
Cost

December 31, 2015

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

Fair Value

Less than 1

$

108,402

$

15

$

Less than 1

Less than 1

Less than 1

Less than 1

1-2

1-2

1-2

$

$

$

53,759

42,149

14,511

2,175

220,996

$

2

3

4

—

24

$

18,508

$

— $

12,033

18,294

—

—

48,835

$

— $

(81) $
(57)
(1)

(4)
—
(143) $

(25) $
(25)
(23)
(73) $

108,336

53,704

42,151

14,511

2,175

220,877

18,483

12,008

18,271

48,762

92

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Contractual 
Maturity
(in years)

Amortized
Cost

December 31, 2014

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

Fair Value

(In thousands)

Short-term:

Municipal bonds

Corporate debt securities

Commercial paper

Asset backed securities

Total short-term marketable securities

Long-term:

Municipal bonds

Corporate debt securities

Asset backed securities

Securities of U.S. government-

sponsored agencies

Less than 1

$

28,684

$

Less than 1

Less than 1

Less than 1

1-2

1-2

1-2

1-2

$

$

73,066

44,663

54

146,467

$

26,005

$

19,617

21,236

8,564

Total long-term marketable securities

$

75,422

$

NOTE 5. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

2

7

8

—

17

3

3

1

—

7

$

$

$

$

(3) $
(42)
—

—
(45) $

(36) $
(22)
(8)

(16)
(82) $

28,683

73,031

44,671

54

146,439

25,972

19,598

21,229

8,548

75,347

Under the accounting for fair value measurements and disclosures, fair value is defined as the price 
that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most 
advantageous market for the asset or the liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on 
the  measurement  date.   Additionally,  a  fair  value  hierarchy  was  established  that  prioritizes  the  inputs  to 
valuation techniques used to measure fair value.  The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted 
prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs.  The 
level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair 
value measurement.

Our assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are classified and disclosed in 

one of the following three categories:

Level 1—quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets and liabilities;

Level 2—observable  inputs  other  than  quoted  prices  in  active  markets  for  identical  assets  and 
liabilities; and

Level 3—unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data available, which require the 
reporting entity to use significant unobservable inputs or valuation techniques.

93

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The fair value of our assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis was as follows:

(In thousands)
Assets

Cash equivalents

Municipal bonds

Corporate debt securities

Commercial paper

Asset-backed securities

Securities of U.S. government-sponsored agencies

Liabilities

Contingent consideration

(In thousands)
Assets

Cash equivalents

Municipal bonds

Corporate debt securities

Commercial paper

Asset-backed securities

Securities of U.S. government-sponsored agencies

Liabilities

Contingent consideration

Balance at
December 31,
2015

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

$

12,700

$

1,701

$

10,999

$

—

26,617

Balance at
December 31,
2014

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

$

9,802

$

1,302

$

8,500

$

126,819

65,712

42,151

20,446

14,511

26,617

—

—

—

—

—

—

54,655

92,629

44,671

21,283

8,548

24,335

—

—

—

—

—

—

126,819

65,712

42,151

20,446

14,511

54,655

92,629

44,671

21,283

8,548

—

24,335

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Contingent  consideration  represents  our  contingent  milestone,  performance  and  revenue-sharing 
payment obligations related to our acquisitions and is measured at fair value and is based on significant inputs 
not observable in the market, which represents a Level 3 measurement within the fair value hierarchy.  The 
valuation of contingent consideration uses assumptions we believe would be made by a market participant, 
such  as  the  probabilities  associated  with  successfully  completing  clinical  trials  and  obtaining  regulatory 
approval, of achieving sales milestones and the period in which these milestones are expected to be achieved, 
as well as discount rates, which range from 3.1% to 13.5%.  We assess these estimates on an ongoing basis 
as additional data impacting the assumptions is obtained.  Changes in the fair value of contingent consideration 
related to updated assumptions and estimates are recognized within research and development and selling, 
general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of income.

Assets and Liabilities That Are Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

The purchase price of business acquisitions is primarily allocated to the tangible and identifiable 
intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values on the acquisition dates, 
with the excess recorded as goodwill.  We utilize Level 3 inputs in the determination of the initial fair value.  

94

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Non-financial assets such as goodwill, intangible assets, and property, plant, and equipment are subsequently 
measured at fair value when there is an indicator of impairment and recorded at fair value only when an 
impairment is recognized.  We assess the impairment of intangible assets annually or whenever events or 
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an intangible asset may not be recoverable.  
The  fair  value  of  our  goodwill  and  intangible  assets  is  not  estimated  if  there  is  no  change  in  events  or 
circumstances that indicate the carrying amount of an intangible asset may not be recoverable.  We have not 
recorded impairment charges related to our business acquisitions.

NOTE 6. INVENTORIES

(In thousands)

Raw materials

Work in process

Finished goods

Total

NOTE 7. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

(In thousands)

Land

Buildings and improvements

Equipment

Instruments

Modules and cases

Other property and equipment

Less: accumulated depreciation

Total

December 31,
2015

December 31,
2014

$

$

12,308

$

7,091

85,861

105,260

$

8,847

2,490

79,608

90,945

Useful Life

December 31,
2015

December 31,
2014

—

30

5-7

3

3

3-5

$

8,254

$

19,809

40,998

147,961

28,519

8,316

4,116

10,369

17,783

123,864

25,155

6,732

253,857
(139,114)
114,743

$

188,019
(118,544)
69,475

$

Instruments are hand-held devices used by surgeons to install implants during surgery.  Modules and 

cases are used to store and transport the instruments and implants.

Depreciation expense related to property and equipment was as follows:

(In thousands)

Depreciation

Year Ended

December 31,
2015

December 31,
2014

December 31,
2013

$

22,522

$

21,044

$

18,869

95

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 8. ACCRUED EXPENSES

(In thousands)

Compensation and other employee-related costs

Legal and other settlements and expenses

Accrued non-income taxes

Royalties

Other

Total accrued expenses

NOTE 9. DEBT

Line of Credit

December 31,
2015

December 31,
2014

$

21,125

$

13,617

6,808

6,787

5,432

19,933

27,686

4,720

3,872

5,288

$

53,769

$

61,499

In May 2011, we entered into a credit agreement with Wells Fargo Bank related to a revolving credit 
facility that provides for borrowings up to $50.0 million.  At our request, and with the approval of the bank, 
the amount of borrowings available under the revolving credit facility can be increased to $75.0 million.  The 
revolving credit facility includes up to a $25.0 million sub-limit for letters of credit.  As amended to date, 
the revolving credit facility extends to May 2016.  Cash advances bear interest at our option either at a 
fluctuating rate per annum equal to the daily LIBOR in effect for a one-month period plus 0.75%, or a fixed 
rate for a one- or three-month period equal to LIBOR plus 0.75%.  The credit agreement governing the 
revolving credit facility also subjects us to various restrictive covenants, including the requirement to maintain 
maximum consolidated leverage.  The covenants also include limitations on our ability to repurchase shares, 
to pay cash dividends or to enter into a sale transaction.  As of December 31, 2015, we were in compliance 
with all financial covenants under the credit agreement, there were no outstanding borrowings under the 
revolving credit facility and available borrowings were $50.0 million.  We may terminate the credit agreement 
at any time on ten days’ notice without premium or penalty.

NOTE 10. EQUITY

Our amended and restated Certificate of Incorporation provides for a total of 785,000,000 authorized 
shares of common stock.  Of the authorized number of shares of common stock, 500,000,000 shares are 
designated as Class A common stock (“Class A Common”), 275,000,000 shares are designated as Class B 
common stock (“Class B Common”) and 10,000,000 shares are designated as Class C common stock (“Class 
C Common”).

The holders of Class A Common are entitled to one vote for each share of Class A Common held.  
The holders of Class B Common are entitled to 10 votes for each share of Class B Common held.  The holders 
of Class A Common and Class B Common vote together as one class of common stock.  The Class C Common 
is nonvoting.  Except for voting rights, the Class A Common, Class B Common and Class C Common have 
the same rights and privileges.

96

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Our issued and outstanding common shares by Class were as follows:

(Shares)

December 31, 2015

December 31, 2014

Class A
Common

Class B
 Common

71,442,166

23,877,556

70,828,187

23,877,556

Total

95,319,722

94,705,743

 NOTE 11. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

We have three stock plans: our Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Plan, our 2008 Stock Plan, and 
our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2012 Plan”).  The 2012 Plan is the only remaining active stock plan.  
The purpose of these stock plans was, and the 2012 Plan is, to provide incentive to employees, directors, and 
consultants of Globus.  The Plans are administered by the Board of Directors of Globus (the “Board”) or its 
delegates.  The number, type of option, exercise price, and vesting terms are determined by the Board or its 
delegates in accordance with the terms of the Plans.  The options granted expire on a date specified by the 
Board, but generally not more than ten years from the grant date.  Option grants to employees generally vest 
in varying installments over a four-year period.

The 2012 Plan was approved by our Board in March 2012, and by our stockholders in June 2012.  
Under the 2012 Plan, the aggregate number of shares of Class A Common stock that may be issued subject 
to options and other awards is equal to the sum of (i) 3,076,923 shares, (ii) any shares available for issuance 
under the 2008 Plan as of March 13, 2012, (iii) any shares underlying awards outstanding under the 2008 
Plan as of March 13, 2012 that, on or after that date, are forfeited, terminated, expired or lapse for any reason, 
or are settled for cash without delivery of shares and (iv) starting January 1, 2013, an annual increase in the 
number of shares available under the 2012 Plan equal to up to 3% of the number of shares of our common 
and preferred stock outstanding at the end of the previous year, as determined by our Board.  The number of 
shares that may be issued or transferred pursuant to incentive stock options under the 2012 Plan is limited 
to 10,769,230 shares.  The shares of Class A Common stock covered by the 2012 Plan include authorized 
but unissued shares, treasury shares or shares of common stock purchased on the open market.

As of December 31, 2015, pursuant to the 2012 Plan, there were 9,137,673 shares of Class A Common 

stock reserved and 3,548,783 shares of Class A Common stock available for future grants.

The weighted average grant date per share fair values of the options awarded to employees were as 

follows:

Weighted average grant date per share fair value

$

8.63

$

9.63

$

6.34

The fair value of the options was estimated on the date of the grant using a Black-Scholes option 

pricing model with the following assumptions:

December 31,
2015

Year Ended

December 31,
2014

December 31,
2013

97

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Risk-free interest rate

Expected term (years)

Expected volatility

Expected dividend yield

December 31,
2015

Year Ended

December 31,
2014

December 31,
2013

1.39% - 2.11% 1.51% - 1.95% 0.98% - 1.74%

5.1

- 9.9

5.3

- 6.4

6.1

- 6.4

29.0% - 38.0% 35.0% - 41.0% 41.0% - 44.0%

—%

—%

—%

Stock option activity during the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 is summarized as 

follows:

Option Shares
(thousands)

Weighted
average exercise
price

Weighted
average
remaining
contractual life
(years)

Aggregate
intrinsic value
(thousands)

Outstanding at December 31, 2012

6,253 $

Granted

Exercised

Forfeited

Outstanding at December 31, 2013

Granted

Exercised

Forfeited

Outstanding at December 31, 2014

Granted

Exercised

Forfeited

Outstanding at December 31, 2015

Exercisable at December 31, 2015

1,222

(2,173 )

(416 )

4,886

1,495

(1,263 )

(264 )

4,854

2,828

(614 )

(391 )

6,677

2,759

Expected to vest at December 31, 2015

3,918 $

6.99

14.78

3.48

12.23

10.04

23.45

7.71

15.33

14.50

24.69

8.92

17.84

19.14

12.96

23.48

7.6

5.7

9.0

$

$

57,987

40,995

16,992

We use the Black Scholes pricing model to determine the fair value of our stock options (see “Note 
1.  Background  and  Summary  of  Significant Accounting  Policies,  (q)  Stock-Based  Compensation” 
above).

Compensation expense related to stock options granted to employees and non-employees under the 

Plans and the intrinsic value of stock options exercised was as follows:

(In thousands)

Intrinsic value of stock options exercised

Stock-based compensation expense

Net stock-based compensation capitalized into inventory

Total stock-based compensation cost

December 31,
2015

$

$

$

9,984

9,639

221

9,860

$

$

$

Year Ended

December 31,
2014

20,216

7,111

—

7,111

$

$

$

December 31,
2013

25,034

5,177

—

5,177

98

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

As of December 31, 2015, there was $27.9 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to 

unvested employee stock options that vest over a weighted average period of three years.

NOTE 12. INCOME TAXES

The components of income before income taxes are as follows:

(In thousands)

Domestic

Foreign

Total

Year ended

December 31,
2015

December 31,
2014

December 31,
2013

$

$

171,278

1,527

172,805

$

$

137,643

999

138,642

$

$

101,424

577

102,001

The components of the provision/(benefit) for income taxes are as follows:

(In thousands)

Current:

Federal

State

Foreign

Deferred:

Federal

State

Foreign

Total

Year ended

December 31,
2015

December 31,
2014

December 31,
2013

$

45,813

$

43,561

$

41,741

7,193

673

53,679

5,926

480
(64)
6,342

$

60,021

$

6,097

519

50,177

(3,630)
(357)
(33)
(4,020)
46,157

$

6,118

912

48,771

(14,088)
(1,210)
(84)
(15,382)
33,389

A reconciliation of the statutory U.S. federal tax rate to our effective rate is as follows:

Statutory U.S. federal tax rate

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

Domestic production activities deduction

Tax credits

Nondeductible expenses
Other

Effective tax rate

Year ended

December 31,
2015

December 31,
2014

December 31,
2013

35.0%

3.0
(2.6)
(0.9)
0.3
(0.1)
34.7%

35.0%

2.6
(2.7)
(1.2)
0.7
(1.1)
33.3%

35.0%

2.8
(3.5)
(1.7)
1.7
(1.6)
32.7%

99

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Deferred income taxes reflect the tax effects of temporary differences between the basis of assets and 
liabilities  recognized  for  financial  reporting  purposes  and  tax  purposes.    Significant  components  of  our 
deferred income taxes are as follows:

(In thousands)

Deferred tax assets:

Inventory reserve

Accruals, reserves, and other currently not deductible

Stock-based compensation

Foreign net operating loss carryforwards

Total deferred tax assets

Valuation allowance

Total deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance

Deferred tax liabilities:

Depreciation and amortization

Other

Total deferred tax liabilities

Net deferred tax assets

December 31,
2015

December 31,
2014

$

26,741

$

13,091

8,014

329

48,175
(43)
48,132

(20,070)
(2,354)
(22,424)
25,708

$

$

22,808

19,043

5,548

418

47,817
(45)
47,772

(9,865)
(2,643)
(12,508)
35,264

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely 
than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.  The ultimate realization of 
deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which 
those  temporary  differences  become  deductible.    Based  upon  the  level  of  historical  taxable  income  and 
projections  for  future  taxable  income  over  the  periods  in  which  the  deferred  tax  assets  are  deductible, 
management believes it is more likely than not that we will realize the benefits of these deductible differences 
at December 31, 2015.  The amount of the deferred tax asset considered realizable, however, could be reduced 
in the near term if estimates of future taxable income during the carryforward period are reduced.  Of the 
amounts presented above, $0.3 million and $0.4 million of long-term deferred tax assets is included as a 
component of other assets on our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

(In thousands)

Year ended

December 31,
2015

December 31,
2014

December 31,
2013

Unrecognized tax benefits at the beginning of the year

$

3,228

$

3,978

$

3,500

Additions related to current year tax positions

Additions related to prior year tax positions

Reductions related to prior year tax positions

Lapse of statute of limitations

Settlements

316

261
(2,230)
—

—

Unrecognized tax benefits at the end of the year

$

1,575

$

—

614
(209)
(202)
(953)
3,228

661

64
(109)
(138)
—

$

3,978

100

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The impact of our unrecognized tax benefits to the effective income tax rate is as follows:

(In thousands)

December 31,
2015

December 31,
2014

December 31,
2013

Portion of total unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect

the effective income tax rate

$

1,335

$

838

$

1,184

We have not recorded income taxes on the undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries based 
upon our intention to indefinitely reinvest undistributed earnings to ensure sufficient working capital and 
further expansion of existing operations outside the United States.  The undistributed earnings of our foreign 
subsidiaries as of December 31, 2015 are immaterial.  In the event we are required to repatriate funds from 
outside of the United States, such repatriation may be subject to local laws, customs, and tax consequences.

Interest and penalties are recorded in the statement of operations as provision for income taxes.  The 
total  interest  and  penalties  recorded  in  the  statement  of  operations  was  nominal  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013.  Our uncertain tax benefits could increase in the next twelve months as 
we continue our current transfer pricing policies.  We do not expect a significant change in our uncertain tax 
benefits in the next twelve months.  In 2014, we settled the IRS audits of 2011 and 2012 tax years, resulting 
in no adjustments.  The tax years that remained subject to examination by a major tax jurisdiction as of 
December 31, 2015 were 2009 and beyond for Switzerland; 2010 and beyond for India and Poland; 2011 
and beyond for Germany, Denmark, Sweden, Israel and Australia; 2012 and beyond for the United Kingdom, 
Belgium and South Africa; 2013 and beyond for the Netherlands, and France; 2014 and beyond for Austria.

On December 18, 2015 the Protecting Americans from Tax Hikes Act of 2015 (the “PATH”) was 
signed into law.  One of the provisions of PATH was the permanent extension of Internal Revenue Code 
section 41 research and development tax credit.  As of December 31, 2015 a benefit was recognized for this 
tax credit and is included in the 2015 tax provision.

On December 19, 2014, the Tax Increase Prevention Act of 2014 (the “TIPA”) was signed into law.  
One of the provisions of the TIPA was the reinstatement of the research and experimentation tax credit from 
January 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014.  As of December 31, 2014 a benefit was recognized for this 
tax credit and is included in the 2014 tax provision.

On January 2, 2013, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 (the “ATRA”) was signed into law.  
One of the provisions of the ATRA was a reinstatement and extension of the research and experimentation 
tax credit from January 1, 2012 through December 31, 2013.  However, as of December 31, 2012 no benefit 
could be recognized for this tax credit due to the passage of the ATRA in 2013.  As the passage of the ATRA 
occurred in 2013, the entire reinstated credit for the year ended December 31, 2012 of $0.9 million was 
recognized in 2013 in accordance with accounting guidance.

101

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 13. LEASES

The Company leases certain equipment and facilities under operating leases.  As of December 31, 
2015, minimum future rental payments under operating leases for each of the next five years are as follows:

(In thousands)

Year ending December 31:

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

Thereafter

Total

$

888

625

294

84

39

—

$

1,930

Rent  expense  related  to  all  operating  leases  recognized  as  a  component  of  selling,  general  and 

administrative expenses was as follows:

(In thousands)

Rent expense

Year ended

December 31,
2015

December 31,
2014

December 31,
2013

$

1,113

$

676

$

424

NOTE 14. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

We are involved in a number of proceedings, legal actions, and claims.  Such matters are subject to 
many uncertainties, and the outcomes of these matters are not within our control and may not be known for 
prolonged periods of time.  In some actions, the claimants seek damages, as well as other relief, including 
injunctions prohibiting us from engaging in certain activities, which, if granted, could require significant 
expenditures and/or result in lost revenues.  We record a liability in the consolidated financial statements for 
these actions when a loss is known or considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated.  If 
the reasonable estimate of a known or probable loss is a range, and no amount within the range is a better 
estimate than any other, the minimum amount of the range is accrued.  If a loss is possible but not known or 
probable, and can be reasonably estimated, the estimated loss or range of loss is disclosed.  In most cases, 
significant judgment is required to estimate the amount and timing of a loss to be recorded.  While it is not 
possible to predict the outcome for most of the matters discussed, we believe it is possible that costs associated 
with them could have a material adverse impact on our consolidated earnings, financial position or cash 
flows.

N-Spine, Synthes and Depuy Synthes Litigation

In April 2010, N-Spine, Inc. and Synthes USA Sales, LLC filed suit against us in the U.S. District 
Court for the District of Delaware for patent infringement.  N-Spine, the patent owner, and Synthes USA, a 
licensee of the subject patent, allege that we infringe one or more claims of the patent by making, using, 
offering for sale or selling our TRANSITION® stabilization system product.  N-Spine and Synthes USA 
sought  injunctive  relief  and  an  unspecified  amount  in  damages. This  matter  was  one  of  the  four  patent 

102

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

infringement  lawsuits  concerning  spinal  implant  technologies  between  Globus  Medical,  Inc.  and  DePuy 
Synthes settled on January 13, 2016 for $7.9 million.

In a related matter, on January 8, 2014, Depuy Synthes Products, LLC (“Depuy Synthes”) filed suit 
against us in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware for patent infringement.  Depuy Synthes 
alleges that we infringe one or more claims of the asserted patent by making, using, offering for sale or selling 
our TRANSITION® stabilization system product.  Depuy Synthes seeks injunctive relief and an unspecified 
amount in damages.  This matter was one of the four patent infringement lawsuits concerning spinal implant 
technologies between Globus Medical, Inc. and DePuy Synthes settled on January 13, 2016 for $7.9 million.

Synthes USA, LLC, Synthes USA Products, LLC and Synthes USA Sales, LLC Litigation

In July 2011, Synthes USA, LLC, Synthes USA Products, LLC and Synthes USA Sales, LLC filed 
suit against us in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware for patent infringement.  Synthes USA 
LLC, the patent owner, Synthes USA Products, LLC, a licensee to manufacture products of the subject patents, 
and Synthes USA Sales LLC, a licensee to sell products of the subject patents, allege that we infringe one or 
more  claims  of  three  patents  by  making,  using,  offering  for  sale  or  selling  our  COALITION®, 
INDEPENDENCE®  and  INTERCONTINENTAL®  products.    This  matter  was  one  of  the  four  patent 
infringement  lawsuits  concerning  spinal  implant  technologies  between  Globus  Medical,  Inc.  and  DePuy 
Synthes settled on January 13, 2016 for $7.9 million.

L5 Litigation

In December 2009, we filed suit in the Court of Common Pleas of Montgomery County, Pennsylvania 
against our former exclusive independent distributor L5 Surgical, LLC and its principals, seeking an injunction 
and declaratory judgment concerning certain restrictive covenants made to L5 by its sales representatives.  
L5 brought counterclaims against us alleging tortious interference, unfair competition and conspiracy.  The 
injunction phase was resolved in September 2010, and this matter is now in the discovery phase of litigation 
on the underlying damages claims.  We intend to defend our rights vigorously.  The probable outcome of this 
litigation cannot be determined, nor can we estimate a range of potential loss.  Therefore, in accordance with 
authoritative guidance on the evaluation of loss contingencies, we have not recorded an accrual related to 
this litigation.

Bianco Litigation

On March 21, 2012, Sabatino Bianco filed suit against us in the Federal District Court for the Eastern 
District  of  Texas  claiming  that  we  misappropriated  his  trade  secret  and  confidential  information  and 
improperly  utilized  it  in  developing  our  CALIBER®  product.    Bianco  alleges  that  we  engaged  in 
misappropriation of trade secrets, breach of contract, unfair competition, fraud and theft and seeks correction 
of inventorship, injunctive relief and exemplary damages.  On April 20, 2012, Bianco filed a motion for a 
preliminary injunction, seeking to enjoin us from making, using, selling, importing or offering for sale our 
CALIBER® product.  On November 15, 2012, the court denied Bianco’s motion for preliminary injunction.  
On October 1, 2013, Bianco amended his complaint to claim that his trade secrets and confidential information 
were also used improperly in developing our RISE® and CALIBER-L® products.

On  January  17,  2014,  the  jury  in  this  case  returned  a  verdict  in  favor  of  Bianco  on  a  claim  of 
misappropriation of trade secret.  We accrued the verdict amount of $4.3 million as of December 31, 2013.  
The jury found against Bianco on the claims of breach of contract and disgorgement of profits.  The court 

103

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

granted our motion for judgment as a matter of law and dismissed Bianco’s claims for unfair competition, 
fraud,  and  exemplary  damages,  and  Bianco  abandoned  the  claim  of  misappropriation  of  confidential 
information.  Bianco’s claims of correction of inventorship, unjust enrichment, and permanent injunctive 
relief were not submitted to the jury.  On March 7, 2014, the court denied Bianco’s claim for correction of 
inventorship and ruled he is not entitled to be named as a co-inventor on any of the patents at issue, and also 
denied his claim for unjust enrichment.  On March 17, 2014, the court denied Bianco’s claim for permanent 
injunctive relief.  On July 2, 2014, the court awarded Bianco an ongoing royalty of 5% of the net sales of the 
CALIBER®, CALIBER®-L, and RISE® products, or products that are not colorably different from those 
products, for a fifteen year period on sales starting on January 18, 2014.  The court entered final judgment 
on the jury verdict on July 17, 2014.  On October 19, 2015, the United States Federal Circuit Court of Appeals 
affirmed the judgment without opinion.  We are considering our options for further appeal.

We do not expect the judgment to impact our ability to conduct our business or to have any material 

impact on our future revenues.

Bonutti Skeletal Innovations, LLC Litigation

On November 19, 2014, Bonutti Skeletal Innovations, LLC filed suit against us in the U.S. District 
Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania for patent infringement.  Bonutti Skeletal, a non-practicing 
entity, alleges that Globus willfully infringes one or more claims of six patents by making, using, offering 
for sale or selling the CALIBER®, CALIBER®-L, COALITION®, CONTINENTAL®, FORGE®, FORTIFY®, 
INTERCONTINENTAL®,  MONUMENT®,  NIKO®,  RISE®,  SIGNATURE®, 
INDEPENDENCE®, 
SUSTAIN®,  and  TRANSCONTINENTAL®  products.    Bonutti  Skeletal  seeks  an  unspecified  amount  in 
damages and injunctive relief.  This matter was stayed on June 26, 2015 pending the resolution of inter partes 
reviews on the asserted patents by the USPTO.  The probable outcome of this litigation cannot be determined, 
nor can we estimate a range of potential loss.  Therefore, in accordance with authoritative guidance on the 
evaluation of loss contingencies, we have not recorded an accrual related to this litigation.

Flexuspine, Inc. Litigation

On March 11, 2015, Flexuspine, Inc. filed suit against us in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern 
District of Texas for patent infringement.  Flexuspine, Inc. alleges that Globus willfully infringes one or more 
claims of five patents by making, using, offering for sale or selling the CALIBER®, CALIBER®-L, RISE®, 
RISE®-L, RISE® INTRALIF®, and ALTERA® products.  Flexuspine seeks an unspecified amount in damages 
and injunctive relief.  The probable outcome of this litigation cannot be determined, nor can we estimate a 
range  of  potential  loss.    Therefore,  in  accordance  with  authoritative  guidance  on  the  evaluation  of  loss 
contingencies, we have not recorded an accrual related to this litigation.

Silverstein Litigation

On September 28, 2015, a putative securities class action lawsuit was filed against us and certain of 
our officers in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania.  Plaintiff in the lawsuit purports 
to represent a class of our stockholders who purchased shares between February 26, 2014 and August 5, 
2014.  The complaint purports to assert claims under Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934, as amended, and seeks damages in an unspecified amount, attorney’s fees and other relief.  We 
believe the allegations to be unfounded, and intend to defend our rights vigorously.  The probable outcome 
of this litigation cannot be determined, nor can we estimate a range of potential loss.  Therefore, in accordance 

104

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

with authoritative guidance on the evaluation of loss contingencies, we have not recorded an accrual related 
to this litigation.

In addition, we are subject to legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business.

NOTE 15. RETIREMENT BENEFIT PLANS

We sponsor a 401(k) Plan covering all eligible U.S. employees.  Under the 401(k) Plan, we make 
nondiscretionary matching contributions at the rate of 100% of employee’s contributions up to a maximum 
annual contribution of $6,000 per eligible employee, limited to 3% of the employee’s compensation for the 
period.

Additionally,  we  contribute  to  various  foreign  retirement  benefit  plans  required  by  local  law  or 
coordinated with government sponsored plans which cover many of our international employees.  The benefits 
offered under these plans are reflective of local customs and practices in the countries concerned.

Company contributions to these retirement plans were as follows:

(In thousands)

December 31,
2015

Year ended

December 31,
2014

December 31,
2013

401(k) and other retirement plan contributions

$

2,303

$

2,185

$

2,106

NOTE 16. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Prior  to  March  11,  2015,  we  had  contracted  with  BMG,  which  at  the  time  was  a  third-party 
manufacturer in which certain of our senior management and significant stockholders had ownership interests 
and leadership positions.

We have purchased the following amounts of products and services from BMG:

(In thousands)

Purchases from related-party supplier

Period Ended

Year Ended

March 11,
2015

December 31,
2014

December 31,
2013

$

5,304 $

21,948

$

20,039

On March 11, 2015, BMG was acquired by Globus, and therefore, as of the acquisition date, there 
were no further purchases from nor amounts due to BMG.  The amount payable to BMG on the date of 
acquisition of $5.2 million was settled in connection with the acquisition.

As of December 31, 2014, we had $5.4 million of accounts payable due to the BMG.

NOTE 17. SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

Operating  segments  are  defined  as  components  of  an  enterprise  for  which  separate  financial 
information is available and evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, or decision-making 
group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance.  We globally manage the business 
within  one  reportable  segment.    Segment  information  is  consistent  with  how  management  reviews  the 

105

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

business, makes investing and resource allocation decisions and assesses operating performance.  Products 
are sold principally in the United States.

The following table represents total sales by geographic area, based on the location of the customer: 

(In thousands)

United States

International

Total sales

December 31,
2015

Year Ended

December 31,
2014

December 31,
2013

$

$

498,191

46,562

544,753

$

$

427,091

47,280

474,371

$

$

396,615

37,844
434,459  

We classify our products into two categories: Innovative Fusion products and Disruptive Technology 

products.  The following table represents total sales by product category:

(In thousands)

Innovative Fusion

Disruptive Technology

Total sales

NOTE 18. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (unaudited)

December 31,
2015

Year Ended

December 31,
2014

December 31,
2013

$

$

288,062 $

270,852 $

256,691

203,519

544,753 $

474,371 $

254,033

180,426

434,459

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

Sales

Gross profit

Net income

Net earnings per common share - basic

Net earnings per common share - diluted

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

Sales

Gross profit

Net income

Net earnings per common share - basic

Net earnings per common share - diluted

NOTE 19. SUBSEQUENT EVENT

(unaudited)

March 31,
2015

June 30,
2015

September 30,
2015

December 31,
2015

$

131,604 $

133,570 $

136,992 $

99,497

24,648

0.26

0.26

100,991

24,054

0.25

0.25

103,940

26,481

0.28

0.28

142,587

107,522

37,601

0.39

0.39

(unaudited)

March 31,
2014

June 30,
2014

September 30,
2014

December 31,
2014

$

114,210 $

113,573 $

117,787 $

128,801

88,898

21,139

0.23

0.22

86,990

20,647

0.22

0.22

90,101

23,061

0.24

0.24

97,525

27,638

0.29

0.29

On  January  13,  2016,  we  entered  into  an  agreement  providing  for  the  settlement  of  four  patent 
infringement lawsuits concerning spinal implant technologies (the “Settlement Agreement”) between Globus 
Medical, Inc., DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. and DePuy Synthes Sales, Inc. (together with DePuy Synthes 

106

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Products, Inc., “Depuy Synthes”).  Pursuant to the terms of the Settlement Agreement, we are required to 
make a $7.9 million payment to Depuy Synthes.  The Settlement Agreement also contains covenants not to 
sue relating to certain of the products sold by each of the parties and cross-licenses of all of the patents 
asserted in each of the Settled Lawsuits and each of the patents in those respective patent families.  The 
Company does not expect the Settlement Agreement to impact its ability to conduct its business or have any 
impact on its future revenues.

The  settlement  resulted  in  one-time  financial  benefits  reflecting  the  difference  from  previously 
established provisions and the final settlement amount through a one-time net income benefit of approximately 
$7.6 million, recognized during the fourth quarter of 2015, and a one-time transfer of approximately $8.4 
million from restricted cash account into the cash account, which will be recognized during the first quarter 
of 2016.

107

Item 9. Changes In and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our  management,  with  the  participation  of  our  CEO  and  our  Chief  Financial  Officer  (“CFO”), 
evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2015.  The term 
“disclosure controls and procedures,” as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act, 
as amended, means controls and other procedures of a company that are designed to ensure that information 
required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, 
processed,  summarized  and  reported,  within  the  time  periods  specified  in  the  SEC’s  rules  and  forms.  
Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure 
that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange 
Act is accumulated and communicated to the company’s management, including its principal executive and 
principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.  Based 
on the evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2015, our CEO and CFO 
concluded that, as of such date, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management  of  Globus  Medical,  Inc.  (“Globus”)  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining 
adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and Rule 15d-15(f) under the 
Exchange Act.  Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable, but not 
absolute, assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements 
for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of 
America.  A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that  
pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions 
and dispositions of the assets of the company; provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded 
as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally 
accepted in the United States of America, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made 
only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and  provide reasonable 
assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the 
company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect 
misstatements.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk 
that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with 
the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management evaluated the internal control over financial reporting of Globus as of December 31, 
2015.  In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013) (“COSO”).  
As a result of this assessment and based on the criteria in the COSO framework, management has concluded 
that, as of December 31, 2015, the internal control over financial reporting of Globus was effective.

108

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Grant Thornton LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the effectiveness of 
our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015 as stated in its report that is included 
in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the 
evaluation required by Rule 13a-15(d) and 15d-15(d) of the Exchange Act that occurred during our most 
recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal 
control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information

Mr. David Davidar, who has been a member of our Board of Directors and our management team 
since our company was founded in 2003, announced on February 24, 2016 that he intends to retire as Senior 
Vice President, Operations of our company effective March 15, 2016.  Mr. Davidar will remain a member 
of our Board of Directors through the remainder of his existing term, which expires in 2018.  He will also 
be available as needed through the end of 2016 to assist with transition of his operational responsibilities.

109

Table of Contents

PART III

Certain information required by Part III is omitted from this Annual Report and will be included in 
the definitive proxy statement for our 2016 annual meeting of stockholders, which will be filed within 120 
days after the end of our fiscal year.

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Code of Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Ethics for all employees, officers, directors, as well as a Code of Ethics 
specifically for our principal executive officer and senior financial officers, both of which are available on 
our  website,  www.globusmedical.com.    We  intend  to  disclose  future  amendments  to,  or  waivers  from, 
provisions of our Code of Ethics that apply to our Principal Executive Officer, Principal Financial Officer, 
Principal Accounting Officer, or Controller, or persons performing similar functions, within four business 
days of such amendment or waiver.

The other information required by this Item 10 will be set forth in the Company's proxy statement 

for its 2016 annual meeting of stockholders, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information required by this Item 11 will be set forth in the Company's proxy statement for its 

2016 annual meeting of stockholders, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related 
Stockholder Matters

The information required by this Item 12 will be set forth in the Company's proxy statement for its 

2016 annual meeting of stockholders, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by this Item 13 will be set forth in the Company's proxy statement for its 

2016 annual meeting of stockholders, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The information required by this Item 14 will be set forth in the Company's proxy statement for its 

2016 annual meeting of stockholders, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

110

Table of Contents

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) (1) Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Balance Sheets

Consolidated Statements of Income

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

Consolidated Statements of Equity

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(a) (2) Financial Statement Schedules

Page

71

75

76

77

78

79

80

SCHEDULE II. VALUATION ACCOUNTS AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

Allowance for doubtful accounts:

(In thousands)

Year ended December 31, 2013

Year ended December 31, 2014

Year ended December 31, 2015

Deferred tax valuation allowance:

(In thousands)

Year ended December 31, 2013

Year ended December 31, 2014

Year ended December 31, 2015

Beginning of
period

$

$

961

1,581

1,647

Beginning of
period

$

$

533

327

45

$

$

$

$

Additions

Write-offs

End of period

693

318

1,455

$

$

(73) $
(252)
(589) $

1,581

1,647

2,513

Additions

Write-offs

End of period

— $

—

— $

(206) $
(282)

(2) $

327

45

43

111

Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

Item

(b) Exhibits, including those incorporated by reference

3.1

3.2

3.3

3.4*
4.1

10.1

10.2

10.3

10.4

10.5

10.6

10.7

10.8

10.9

10.10

10.11

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Globus Medical, Inc. (incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 5 to the Registration Statement 
on Form S-1 filed on August 2, 2012).
Certificate of Amendment of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, dated 
July 31, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 
5 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on August 2, 2012).
Certificate of Amendment of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, dated 
August 20, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Registrant’s Form 10-Q/A 
filed on September 19, 2012).
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Globus Medical, Inc.
Specimen Certificate for Class A Common Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 
of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on 
July 16, 2012).
Globus Medical, Inc. Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form 
S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
First Amendment  to  the  Globus  Medical,  Inc. Amended  and  Restated  2003  Stock  Plan 
(incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.5  of  the  Registrant’s Amendment  No.  1  to  the 
Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
Globus  Medical,  Inc.  2008  Stock  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.6  of  the 
Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 
2012).
Globus Medical, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 
of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on 
May 8, 2012).
Form of Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement under 2003 Stock Plan (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.8 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement 
on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
Form of Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement under 2008 Stock Plan (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.9 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement 
on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
Form of Incentive Stock Option Grant Notice and Incentive Stock Option Agreement under 
2012 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of the Registrant’s 
Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Grant Notice and Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement 
under  2012  Equity  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.11  of  the 
Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 
2012).
Vice President Employment Agreement, dated June 1, 2005, by and between Globus Medical, 
Inc.  and  Brett  Murphy  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.13  of  the  Registrant’s 
Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
First Amendment to Vice President Employment Agreement, dated November 1, 2006, by 
and between Globus Medical, Inc. and Brett Murphy (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
10.14 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed 
on May 8, 2012).
Second Amendment to Vice President Employment Agreement, dated February 8, 2011, by 
and between Globus Medical, Inc. and Brett Murphy (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
10.15 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed 
on May 8, 2012).

112

Table of Contents

10.12

10.13

10.14

10.15

10.16

10.17

10.18

10.19

10.20

10.21

21.1*
23.1*
23.2*
31.1*

31.2*

32**

Credit Agreement, dated May 3, 2011, by and between Globus Medical, Inc. and Wells Fargo 
Bank, National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 of the Registrant’s 
Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
First Amendment  to  Credit Agreement,  dated  March  16,  2012,  by  and  between  Globus 
Medical,  Inc.  and Wells Fargo Bank,  National Association (incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.17 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form 
S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
Form  of  Indemnification Agreement  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.18  of  the 
Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 
2012).
Form  of  No  Competition  and  Non-Disclosure Agreement  (incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.19 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form 
S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
Second Amendment  to  Credit Agreement,  dated  May  1,  2013,  by  and  between  Globus 
Medical, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (incorporated herein by reference 
to Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 
May 3, 2013).
Third Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated May 5, 2014, by and between Globus Medical, 
Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 
10.1 to our Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 6, 
2014).
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of February 24, 2015, by and among Branch Medical 
Group, Inc., Globus Medical, Inc., BM Acquisition, Inc. and Spine Therapy Technologies, 
Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on 
March 2, 2015).
Executive Employment Agreement, dated June 26, 2014, by and between Globus Medical, 
Inc. and Anthony L. Williams (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 10-Q 
filed on May 5, 2015).
Fourth Amendment  to  Credit Agreement,  dated  May  4,  2015,  by  and  between  Globus 
Medical,  Inc.  and Wells  Fargo  Bank,  National Association  (incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 10-Q filed on July 31, 2015).
Employment Agreement, dated September 14, 2015, by and between Globus Medical, Inc. 
and David M. Demski (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on 
Form 8-K filed on September 17, 2015).
Subsidiaries of Globus Medical, Inc.
Consent of independent registered public accounting firm - Grant Thornton LLP.
Consent of independent registered public accounting firm - KPMG LLP.
Certification by Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley 
Act of 2002.
Certification by Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley 
Act of 2002.
Certifications pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

101.INS* XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.LAB* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
101.DEF* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

113

Table of Contents

*
**

Filed herewith.
Furnished herewith.

114

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the 
Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Dated: February 29, 2016

Dated: February 29, 2016

Dated: February 29, 2016

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC.

/s/ DAVID C. PAUL

David C. Paul
Chairman
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ DANIEL T. SCAVILLA

Daniel T. Scavilla
Senior Vice President
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/ STEVEN M. PAYNE

Steven M. Payne
Chief Accounting Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)

115

Table of Contents

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by 

the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

SIGNATURE

TITLE

DATE

/s/ David C. Paul
David C. Paul

Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)

February 29, 2016

/s/ Daniel T. Scavilla
Daniel T. Scavilla

Senior Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

February 29, 2016

/s/ Steven M. Payne
Steven M. Payne

Chief Accounting Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)

February 29, 2016

/s/ David D. Davidar
David D. Davidar

Senior Vice President, Operations
and Director

February 29, 2016

/s/ David M. Demski
David M. Demski

Group President, Emerging Technologies
and Director

February 29, 2016

/s/ Kurt C. Wheeler
Kurt C. Wheeler

/s/ Robert W. Liptak
Robert W. Liptak

/s/ Daniel T. Lemaitre
Daniel T. Lemaitre

/s/ Ann D. Rhoads
Ann D. Rhoads

/s/ James R. Tobin
James R. Tobin

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

February 29, 2016

February 29, 2016

February 29, 2016

February 29, 2016

February 29, 2016

116

Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

Item

EXHIBIT INDEX

3.1

3.2

3.3

3.4*
4.1

10.1

10.2

10.3

10.4

10.5

10.6

10.7

10.8

10.9

10.10

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Globus Medical, Inc. (incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 5 to the Registration Statement 
on Form S-1 filed on August 2, 2012).
Certificate of Amendment of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, dated 
July 31, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 
5 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on August 2, 2012).
Certificate of Amendment of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, dated 
August 20, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Registrant’s Form 10-Q/A 
filed on September 19, 2012).
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Globus Medical, Inc.
Specimen Certificate for Class A Common Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 
of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on 
July 16, 2012).
Globus Medical, Inc. Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form 
S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
First Amendment  to  the  Globus  Medical,  Inc. Amended  and  Restated  2003  Stock  Plan 
(incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.5  of  the  Registrant’s Amendment  No.  1  to  the 
Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
Globus  Medical,  Inc.  2008  Stock  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.6  of  the 
Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 
2012).
Globus Medical, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 
of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on 
May 8, 2012).
Form of Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement under 2003 Stock Plan (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.8 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement 
on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
Form of Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement under 2008 Stock Plan (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.9 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement 
on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
Form of Incentive Stock Option Grant Notice and Incentive Stock Option Agreement under 
2012 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of the Registrant’s 
Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Grant Notice and Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement 
under  2012  Equity  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.11  of  the 
Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 
2012).
Vice President Employment Agreement, dated June 1, 2005, by and between Globus Medical, 
Inc.  and  Brett  Murphy  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.13  of  the  Registrant’s 
Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
First Amendment to Vice President Employment Agreement, dated November 1, 2006, by 
and between Globus Medical, Inc. and Brett Murphy (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
10.14 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed 
on May 8, 2012).

117

Table of Contents

10.11

10.12

10.13

10.14

10.15

10.16

10.17

10.18

10.19

10.20

10.21

21.1*
23.1*
23.2*
31.1*

31.2*

32**

Second Amendment to Vice President Employment Agreement, dated February 8, 2011, by 
and between Globus Medical, Inc. and Brett Murphy (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
10.15 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed 
on May 8, 2012).
Credit Agreement, dated May 3, 2011, by and between Globus Medical, Inc. and Wells Fargo 
Bank, National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 of the Registrant’s 
Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
First Amendment  to  Credit Agreement,  dated  March  16,  2012,  by  and  between  Globus 
Medical,  Inc.  and Wells Fargo Bank,  National Association (incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.17 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form 
S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
Form  of  Indemnification Agreement  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.18  of  the 
Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 
2012).
Form  of  No  Competition  and  Non-Disclosure Agreement  (incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.19 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form 
S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
Second Amendment  to  Credit Agreement,  dated  May  1,  2013,  by  and  between  Globus 
Medical, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (incorporated herein by reference 
to Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 
May 3, 2013).
Third Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated May 5, 2014, by and between Globus Medical, 
Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 
10.1 to our Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 6, 
2014).
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of February 24, 2015, by and among Branch Medical 
Group, Inc., Globus Medical, Inc., BM Acquisition, Inc. and Spine Therapy Technologies, 
Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on 
March 2, 2015).
Executive Employment Agreement, dated June 26, 2014, by and between Globus Medical, 
Inc. and Anthony L. Williams (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 10-Q 
filed on May 5, 2015).
Fourth Amendment  to  Credit Agreement,  dated  May  4,  2015,  by  and  between  Globus 
Medical,  Inc.  and Wells  Fargo  Bank,  National Association  (incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 10-Q filed on July 31, 2015).
Employment Agreement, dated September 14, 2015, by and between Globus Medical, Inc. 
and David M. Demski (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on 
Form 8-K filed on September 17, 2015).
Subsidiaries of Globus Medical, Inc.
Consent of independent registered public accounting firm - Grant Thornton LLP.
Consent of independent registered public accounting firm - KPMG LLP.
Certification by Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification by Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002.
Certifications pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
XBRL Instance Document

101.INS*
101.SCH* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.LAB* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

118

Table of Contents

101.PRE* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
101.DEF* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

*
**

Filed herewith.
Furnished herewith.

119

EXHIBIT 3.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS
OF
GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC.

I. CORPORATE OFFICES

1.1 

Registered Office

The registered office of the corporation shall be in the City of Dover, County of Kent, 

State of Delaware.  The name of the registered agent of the corporation at such location is 
Incorporating Services, Ltd.

1.2  Other Offices

The board of directors may at any time establish other offices at any place or places 

where the corporation is qualified to do business.

II. MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

2.1 

Place of Meetings

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of 
Delaware, designated by the board of directors. The board of directors may, in its sole discretion, 
determine that a meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means 
of remote communication as authorized by section 211 of the General Corporation Law of 
Delaware.

If authorized by the board of directors in its sole discretion, and subject to such guidelines 

and procedures as the board of directors may adopt, stockholders and proxyholders not 
physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication, 
participate in a meeting of stockholders be deemed present in person and vote at a meeting of 
stockholders whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of 
remote communication, provided that (i) the corporation shall implement reasonable measures to 
verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote 
communication is a stockholder or proxyholder, (ii) the corporation shall implement reasonable 
measures to provide such stockholders and proxyholders a reasonable opportunity to participate 
in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to 
read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings, 
and (iii) if any stockholder or proxyholder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of 
remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the 
corporation.

 
 
 
 
 
2.2 

Annual Meeting

The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held each year on a date and at a time 
designated by the board of directors.  In the absence of such designation, the annual meeting of 
stockholders shall be held on the third Monday in April in each year at 1:00 p.m.  However, if 
such day falls on a legal holiday, then the meeting shall be held at the same time and place on the 
next succeeding full business day.  At the meeting, directors shall be elected and any other proper 
business may be transacted.

2.3 

Special Meeting

Special meetings of the stockholders may be called, at any time for any purpose or 

purposes, by the board of directors or by such person or persons as may be authorized by the 
certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, or by such person or persons duly designated by the 
board of directors whose powers and authority, as expressly provided in a resolution of the board 
of directors, include the power to call such meetings, but such special meetings may not be called 
by any other person or persons.

2.4 

Notice of Stockholders' Meetings

(a) 

All notices of meetings with stockholders shall be in writing and shall be sent or 
otherwise given in accordance with section 2.5 of these bylaws not less than ten (10) nor more 
than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such 
meeting.  The notice shall specify the place, if any, date, and hour of the meeting, the means of 
remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be 
present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or 
purposes for which the meeting is called.

(b)  Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively 

to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the corporation shall also be effective if 
given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is 
given.  Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the 
corporation.  Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if (i) the corporation is unable to deliver 
by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the corporation in accordance with 
such consent, and (ii) such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of 
the corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice; 
provided, however, the inadvertent failure to recognize such revocation shall not invalidate any 
meeting or other action.

2.5  Manner of Giving Notice; Affidavit of Notice

(a)  Written notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited 
in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his, her or its address as 
it appears on the records of the corporation.  An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given shall, in 
the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

(b) 

Notice given pursuant to section 2.4 shall be deemed given: (i) if by facsimile 

telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive 
notice; (ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the 
stockholder has consented to receive notice; (iii) if by a posting on an electronic network 
together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of such 
posting and the giving of such separate notice; and (iv) if by any other form of electronic 
transmission, when directed to the stockholder.  An affidavit of the secretary, an assistant 
secretary or the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given by 
a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the 
facts stated therein.

(c)  Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively 
to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the corporation shall be effective if given by 
a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders 
at that address to whom such notice is given.  Any such consent shall be revocable by the 
stockholder by written notice to the corporation.  Any stockholder who fails to object in writing 
to the corporation, within 60 days of having been given written notice by the corporation of its 
intention to send the single notice permitted under this subsection 2.5(c), shall be deemed to have 
consented to receiving such single written notice.  This subsection 2.5(c) shall not apply to any 
notice given to stockholders under sections 164 (notice of sale of shares of stockholder who 
failed to pay an installment or call on stock not fully paid), 296 (notice of disputed claims 
relating to insolvent corporations), 311 (notice of meeting of stockholders to revoke dissolution 
of corporation), 312 (notice of meeting of stockholders of corporation whose certificate of 
incorporation has been renewed or revived) and 324 (notice when stock has been attached as 
required for sale upon execution process) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

2.6  Quorum

The holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares of stock issued and 

outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall 
constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business except as 
otherwise provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation.  If, however, such quorum is 
not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then the stockholders entitled to 
vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting 
from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is 
present or represented.  At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, 
any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally 
noticed.

2.7 

Adjourned Meeting; Notice

 
 
The chairman has the power to adjourn a stockholder meeting.  When a meeting is 

adjourned to another time or place, unless these bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be 
given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof, and the means of remote 
communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in 
person and vote at such meeting, are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is 
taken.  At the adjourned meeting the corporation may transact any business that might have been 
transacted at the original meeting.  If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after 
the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned 
meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

2.8 

Voting; Action at Meeting

The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in 

accordance with the provisions of section 2.11 of these bylaws, subject to the provisions of 
sections 217 and 218 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware (relating to voting rights of 
fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock and to voting trusts and other voting agreements).

Except as otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, each 

stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.

When a quorum is present at any meeting of stockholders, the vote of the holders of a 
majority of the voting power of the shares of stock present in person or represented by proxy 
shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by 
express provision of applicable law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a different 
vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of 
such question.

2.9  Waiver of Notice

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the General Corporation 
Law of Delaware or of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver thereof, 
signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person 
entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to 
notice.  Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, 
except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning 
of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or 
convened.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special 
meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver or any waiver by electronic 
transmission of notice unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

2.10  Stockholder Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required by this 

chapter to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of a corporation, or any 
action that may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote if a consent in writing, setting forth 
the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the 
minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting 
at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.  Notwithstanding the 
foregoing, following the effectiveness of the registration of any class of stock of the corporation 
effective upon the corporation’s initial public offering of stock under the Securities Act of 1933, 
as amended, no action shall be taken by the stockholders of the corporation except at an annual 
or special meeting of stockholders called in accordance with these bylaws and no action shall be 
taken by the stockholders by written consent.

A telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be 

taken and transmitted by a stockholder, proxyholder, or other person or persons authorized to act 
for a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the 
purposes of this section, provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other electronic 
transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the corporation can 
determine (a) that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was transmitted by 
the stockholder, proxyholder, or other authorized person or persons, and (b) the date on which 
such stockholder, proxyholder or other authorized person or persons transmitted such telegram, 
cablegram or electronic transmission.  The date on which such telegram, cablegram or electronic 
transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed.  No 
consent given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to have 
been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form shall 
have been delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in this State, its 
principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in 
which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded.  Delivery made to the corporation’s 
registered office shall be made by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt 
requested.  Notwithstanding the foregoing limitations on delivery, consents given by telegram, 
cablegram or other electronic transmission may be otherwise delivered to the principal place of 
business of the corporation or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the 
book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded if, to the extent and in the 
manner provided by resolution of the board of directors of the corporation.  Any copy, facsimile 
or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the 
original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided 
that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire 
original writing.

Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by written consent 

shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.  If the action that is 
consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any section of the 
General Corporation Law of Delaware if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a 
meeting thereof, then the certificate filed under such section shall state, in lieu of any statement 
required by such section concerning any vote of stockholders, that written notice and written 
consent have been given as provided in Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of 
Delaware.

 
2.11  Record Date for Stockholder Notice; Voting; Giving Consents

In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to 

vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to 
corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or 
other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any 
change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the board 
of directors may fix, in advance, a record date that shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than 
ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other 
action.

If the board of directors does not so fix a record date:

(a) 

the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote 

at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day 
on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next 
preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

(b) 

the record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to 

corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the board of directors is 
necessary, shall be the day on which the first written consent is expressed; and

(c) 

the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be 

at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution relating 
thereto.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of 

stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the board of 
directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

2.12  Proxies

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or 

dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons 
to act for him by a written proxy, signed by the stockholder and filed with the secretary of the 
corporation, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) years from its date, 
unless the proxy provides for a longer period.  A proxy shall be deemed signed if the 
stockholder's name is placed on the proxy (whether by manual signature, typewriting, telegraphic 
transmission or otherwise) by the stockholder or the stockholder's attorney-in-fact.  The 
revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the 
provisions of section 212(e) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

2.13  List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of a corporation shall prepare and make, at 

least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders 
entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each 
stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The corporation 
shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information 
on such list.  Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose 
germane to the meeting for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting: (a) on a reasonably 
accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is 
provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the principal 
place of business of the corporation.  In the event that the corporation determines to make the list 
available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such 
information is available only to stockholders of the corporation.  If the meeting is to be held at a 
place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the 
whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.  If the meeting is to 
be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the 
examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible 
electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the 
notice of the meeting.

2.14  Stockholder Proposals; Director Nominations

(a)  Effective upon the corporation’s initial public offering of stock under the 

Securities Act of 1933, as amended, all proposals of business to be transacted by the 
stockholders and nominations for the election of directors shall be governed by this section 
2.14. 

(b)  Proposals of business to be transacted by the stockholders and nominations for the 

election of directors may only be made (i) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (ii) 
by any stockholder entitled to vote generally at a meeting of stockholders and in elections of 
directors where the stockholder complies with the requirements of this section 2.14. 

(c)  Any stockholder wishing to bring any business including, but not limited to, the 

nomination of persons for election as directors, whether by inclusion of such business in the 
corporation’s proxy materials or otherwise, before a meeting of stockholders, must provide 
notice to the corporation, with respect to an annual meeting of stockholders, not more than ninety 
(90) and not less than fifty (50) days before the annual meeting, and with respect to a special 
meeting of stockholders, not later than the close of business on the tenth business day following 
the date on which notice of such meeting is first given to stockholders, in each case, such notice 
to be in writing by registered mail, return receipt requested, to the secretary at the principal 
executive offices of the corporation.  

(d)  A stockholder’s notice to be proper must set forth: (i) as to each person the 

stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director (A) the name, age, 
business address and residence address of such person, (B) the class, series and number of any 
shares of stock of the corporation beneficially owned or owned of record by such person, (C) the 

 
date or dates such shares were acquired and the investment intent of such acquisition and (D) all 
information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for 
elections of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the 
Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), including such person’s 
written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director 
if elected; (ii) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, 
a description of such business, the reasons for conducting the business at the meeting, and, if 
such business includes a proposal to amend the bylaws of the corporation, the language of the 
proposed amendment. In the absence of such notice to the corporation meeting the above 
requirements, a stockholder shall not be entitled to present any business at any meeting of 
stockholders; (iii) any material interest of such stockholder and any Stockholder Associated 
Person (as defined below), individually or in aggregate, in such business that the stockholder 
proposes to bring before the meeting, including any anticipated benefit to the stockholder or the 
Stockholder Associated Person therefrom; (iv) as to the stockholder giving notice and any 
Stockholder Associated Person, (A) the class, series and number of all shares of the corporation 
owned by such stockholder and by such Stockholder Associated Person, if any, (B) the nominee 
holder for, and number of, shares owned beneficially but not of record by such stockholder and 
by any such Stockholder Associated Person, and (C) whether and the extent to which any 
hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of, or 
any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any 
borrowing or lending of shares) has been made, the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to 
or manage risk or benefit of share price changes for, or to increase or decrease the voting power 
of, such stockholder of any such Stockholder Associated Person with respect to any share of 
stock of the corporation; (v) as to the stockholder giving the notice and any Stockholder 
Associated Person, the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the corporation’s 
stock ledger, and current name and address, if different, and of such Stockholder Associated 
Person; and (vi) to the extent known by the stockholder giving the notice, the name and address 
of any other stockholder supporting the nominee for election or reelection as a director or the 
proposal of other business on the date of such stockholder’s notice.  

(e) 

 Except as set forth in section 3.4 of these bylaws and subject to the corporation’s 

certificate of incorporation, only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the 
procedures set forth in this section 2.14 shall be eligible to serve as directors and only such 
business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the 
meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this section 2.14. The presiding officer of 
the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business 
proposed to be brought before the meeting was made in accordance with the procedures set forth 
in this section 2.14 and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with this 
section 2.14, to declare that such defective nomination or proposal be disregarded.  

(f)  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this section 2.14, a stockholder shall 
also comply with all applicable requirements of state law and of the Exchange Act and the rules 
and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this section 2.14. Nothing in 
this section 2.14 shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of 

proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.  

(g)  For the purposes of this section 2.14, “Stockholder Associated Person” of any 

stockholder shall mean (i) any person controlling, directly or indirectly, or acting in concert with, 
such stockholder, (ii) any beneficial owner of shares of stock of the corporation owned of record 
or beneficially by such stockholder and (iii) any person controlling, controlled by or under 
common control with such Stockholder Associated Person.

III. DIRECTORS

3.1 

Powers

Subject to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of Delaware and any 
limitations in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws relating to action required to be 
approved by the stockholders or by the outstanding shares, the business and affairs of the 
corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the 
direction of the board of directors.

3.2 

Number of Directors

The number of directors constituting the board of directors shall be not more than eleven 
(11) but not less than five (5), and may be fixed or changed, within this minimum and maximum, 
by the stockholders or the board of directors.

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any 

director before that director's term of office expires.

3.3 

Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors

Except as provided in sections 3.4 and 3.17 of these bylaws, directors shall be elected at 

each annual meeting of stockholders to hold office until the next annual meeting.  Directors need 
not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, 
wherein other qualifications for directors may be prescribed.  Each director, including a director 
elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified or 
until his or her earlier resignation or removal. Each director shall be a natural person.

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot.

3.4 

Resignation and Vacancies

Any director may resign effective on giving written notice or electronic transmission 

thereof to the chairman of the board, the president, the secretary or the board of directors, unless 
the notice specifies a later time for that resignation to become effective. If the resignation of a 
director is effective at a future time, the board of directors may elect a successor to take office 
when the resignation becomes effective.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Vacancies in the board of directors may only be filled by a majority of the remaining 

directors, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director; stockholders may not fill a 
vacancy on the board other than at a duly called meeting of stockholders. Each director so 
elected shall hold office until the next annual meeting of the stockholders and until a successor 
has been elected and qualified.

3.5 

Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone

The board of directors of the corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, 

either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members 
of the board of directors, or any committee designated by the board of directors, may participate 
in a meeting of the board of directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or 
other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can 
hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the 
meeting.

3.6 

First Meetings

The first meeting of each newly elected board of directors shall be held at such time and 

place as shall be fixed by the vote of the stockholders at the annual meeting and no notice of 
such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the 
meeting, provided a quorum shall be present.  In the event of the failure of the stockholders to fix 
the time or place of such first meeting of the newly elected board of directors, or in the event 
such meeting is not held at the time and place so fixed by the stockholders, the meeting may be 
held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for 
special meetings of the board of directors, or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by 
all of the directors.

3.7 

Regular Meetings

Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held without notice at such time and at 

such place as shall from time to time be determined by the board.

3.8 

Special Meetings; Notice

Special meetings of the board of directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at 

any time by the chairman of the board, the president, any vice president, the secretary or any 
director.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be delivered either personally or by 

mail, telex, facsimile, telephone or electronic transmission to each director, addressed to each 
director at such director's address and/or phone number and/or electronic transmission address as 
it is shown on the records of the corporation.  If the notice is mailed, it shall be deposited in the 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
United States mail at least four (4) days before the time of the holding of the meeting.  If the 
notice is delivered personally or by telex, facsimile, telephone or electronic transmission, it shall 
be delivered by telephone or transmitted at least forty-eight (48) hours before the time of the 
holding of the meeting.  Any oral notice given personally or by telephone may be communicated 
either to the director or to a person at the office of the director who the person giving the notice 
has reason to believe will promptly communicate it to the director.  The notice need not specify 
the purpose or the place of the meeting, if the meeting is to be held at the principal executive 
office of the corporation.  Notice may be delivered by any person entitled to call a special 
meeting or by an agent of such person. 

3.9  Quorum

At all meetings of the board of directors, a majority of the authorized number of directors 
shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors 
present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the board of directors, 
except as otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation.  If a 
quorum is not present at any meeting of the board of directors, then the directors present thereat 
may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the 
meeting, until a quorum is present.

3.10  Waiver Of Notice

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the General Corporation 
Law of Delaware or of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver thereof, 
signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person 
entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to 
notice.  Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, 
except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning 
of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or 
convened.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special 
meeting of the directors, or meeting of a committee of directors, need be specified in any written 
waiver of notice unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

3.11  Adjourned Meeting; Notice

If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the board of directors, then the directors 

present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than 
announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

3.12  Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action 

required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors, or of any committee 
thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the board or committee, as the case 
may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or 
committee.

3.13  Fees and Compensation of Directors

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the board 

of directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

3.14  Approval of Loans to Officers

The corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist 

any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiary, including any officer or 
employee who is a director of the corporation or its subsidiary, whenever, in the judgment of the 
directors, such loan, guaranty or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the 
corporation.  The loan, guaranty or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be 
unsecured, or secured in such manner as the board of directors shall approve, including, without 
limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation.  Nothing in this section contained shall 
be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at 
common law or under any statute.

3.15  Removal of Directors

Unless otherwise restricted by statute, by the certificate of incorporation or by these 

bylaws, any director or the entire board of directors may be removed, with or without cause, by 
the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares of stock then entitled to vote at an 
election of directors; provided, that, whenever the holders of any class or classes or stock, or 
series thereof, are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the certificate of 
incorporation, removal of any directors elected by such class or classes of stock, or series 
thereof, shall be by the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares of stock or such 
class or classes or stock, or series of stock, then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any 

director prior to the expiration of such director's term of office.

3.16  Chairman of the Board of Directors

The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the board of directors, a chairman of 

the board of directors.  The chairman of the board shall, if such a person is elected, preside at the 
meetings of the board of directors and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may 
from time to time be assigned to him or her by the board of directors, or as may be prescribed by 
these bylaws.

3.17  Classified Board of Directors

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Effective upon the corporation’s initial public offering of stock under the Securities Act 
of 1933, as amended, the board of directors shall be divided into three (3) classes, Class I, Class 
II, and Class III, which shall be as nearly equal in number as possible.  The term of office of each 
director in Class I shall expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders of the corporation 
following the effectiveness of this section 3.17.  The term of office of each director in Class II 
shall expire at the second annual meeting of the stockholders of the corporation following the 
effectiveness of this section 3.17.  The term of office of each director in Class III shall expire at 
the third annual meeting of stockholders of the corporation following the effectiveness of this 
section 3.17.  Each director shall serve until the election and qualification of a successor or until 
such director’s earlier resignation, death, or removal from office.  Upon the expiration of the 
term of office for each class of directors, the directors of such class shall be elected for a term of 
three (3) years, to serve until the election and qualification of their successors or until their 
earlier resignation, death, or removal from office.

IV. COMMITTEES

4.1 

Committees of Directors

The board of directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole board, 

designate one or more committees, with each committee to consist of one or more of the 
directors of the corporation.  The board may designate one or more directors as alternate 
members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting 
of the committee.  In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or 
members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or 
they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the board of directors to 
act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.  Any such committee, 
to the extent provided in the resolution of the board of directors or in the bylaws of the 
corporation, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the board of directors in 
the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the 
corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the 
power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or 
matter expressly required by this chapter to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) 
adopt, amend or repeal any bylaws of the corporation.

4.2 

Committee Minutes

Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the 

board of directors when required.

4.3  Meetings and Action of Committees

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and be held and taken in 
accordance with, the provisions of article III of these bylaws, section 3.5 (place of meetings and 
meetings by telephone), section 3.7 (regular meetings), section 3.8 (special meetings and notice), 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
section 3.9 (quorum), section 3.10 (waiver of notice), section 3.11 (adjourned meeting and 
notice), and section 3.12 (board action by written consent without a meeting), with such changes 
in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for 
the board of directors and its members; provided, however, that the time of regular meetings of 
committees may also be called by resolution of the board of directors and that notice of special 
meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to 
attend all meetings of the committee.  The board of directors may adopt rules for the government 
of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

V. OFFICERS

5.1  Officers

The officers of the corporation shall be a chief executive officer, a president, one or more 

vice presidents, a secretary, and a treasurer.  The corporation may also have, at the discretion of 
the board of directors, a chairman of the board, one or more assistant vice presidents, assistant 
secretaries, assistant treasurers, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance 
with the provisions of section 5.3 of these bylaws.  Any number of offices may be held by the 
same person.

5.2 

Election of Officers

The officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance 

with the provisions of section 5.3 of these bylaws, shall be chosen by the board of directors, 
subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment.

5.3 

Subordinate Officers

The board of directors may appoint, or empower the chief executive officer to appoint, 

such other officers and agents as the business of the corporation may require, each of whom shall 
hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these 
bylaws or as the board of directors may from time to time determine.

5.4 

Removal and Resignation of Officers

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer 

may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the board 
of directors at any regular or special meeting of the board or by the chief executive officer, 
unless, and then only for so long as, such power of removal is revoked by the board of directors.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the corporation.  Any 

resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified 
in that notice; and, unless otherwise specified in that notice, the acceptance of the resignation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
shall not be necessary to make it effective.  Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if 
any, of the corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

5.5 

Vacancies in Offices

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the board of 

directors.

5.6 

Chairman of the Board

The chairman of the board, if such an officer be elected, shall, if present, preside at 
meetings of the board of directors and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may 
from time to time be assigned to him by the board of directors or as may be prescribed by these 
bylaws.  If there is no chief executive officer, then the chairman of the board shall also be the 
chief executive officer of the corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in 
section 5.7 of these bylaws.  The chairman of the board of directors shall be chosen by the board 
of directors.

5.7 

Chief Executive Officer

Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the board of directors to 

the chairman of the board, the chief executive officer of the corporation shall, subject to the 
control of the board of directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business 
and the officers of the corporation.  The chief executive officer shall preside at all meetings of 
the stockholders and, in the absence or nonexistence of a chairman of the board, at all meetings 
of the board of directors.  The chief executive officer shall have the general powers and duties of 
management usually vested in the office of chief executive officer of a corporation and shall 
have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or these 
bylaws.

5.8 

President

Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the board of directors to 
the chairman of the board or the chief executive officer, if there be such officers, the president 
shall, subject to the control of the board of directors, have general supervision, direction, and 
control of the business and the officers of the corporation.  In the absence or nonexistence of the 
chief executive officer, he shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, in the absence or 
nonexistence of a chairman of the board and chief executive officer, at all meetings of the board 
of directors.  He shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the 
office of president of a corporation and shall have such other powers and duties as may be 
prescribed by the board of directors or these bylaws.  The board of directors may provide in their 
discretion that the offices of president and chief executive officer may be held by the same 
person.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5.9 

Vice Presidents

In the absence or disability of the chief executive officer and president, the vice 
presidents, if any, in order of their rank as fixed by the board of directors or, if not ranked, a vice 
president designated by the board of directors, shall perform all the duties of the president and 
when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the 
president.  The vice presidents shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as 
from time to time may be prescribed for them by the board of directors, these bylaws, the 
president or the chairman of the board.

5.10  Secretary

The secretary or an agent of the corporation shall keep or cause to be kept, at the 
principal executive office of the corporation or such other place as the board of directors may 
direct, a book of minutes of all meetings and actions of directors, committees of directors, and 
stockholders.  The minutes shall show the time and place of each meeting, whether regular or 
special (and, if special, how authorized and the notice given), the names of those present at 
directors' meetings or committee meetings, the number of shares present or represented at 
stockholders' meetings, and the proceedings thereof.

The secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the 
corporation or at the office of the corporation's transfer agent or registrar, as determined by 
resolution of the board of directors, a share register, or a duplicate share register, showing the 
names of all stockholders and their addresses, the number and classes of shares held by each, the 
number and date of certificates evidencing such shares, and the number and date of cancellation 
of every certificate surrendered for cancellation.

The secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders 

and of the board of directors required to be given by law or by these bylaws.  The secretary shall 
keep the seal of the corporation, if one be adopted, in safe custody and shall have such other 
powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or by these 
bylaws.

5.11  Treasurer

The treasurer shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and 

correct books and records of accounts of the properties and business transactions of the 
corporation, including accounts of its assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses, 
capital, retained earnings, and shares.  The books of account shall at all reasonable times be open 
to inspection by any director.

The treasurer shall deposit all money and other valuables in the name and to the credit of 

the corporation with such depositaries as may be designated by the board of directors.  The 
treasurer shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the board of directors, 
shall render to the president and directors, whenever they request it, an account of all of his or 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
her transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation, and shall have such 
other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or 
these bylaws.

5.12  Assistant Secretary

The assistant secretary, or, if there is more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order 
determined by the stockholders or board of directors (or if there be no such determination, then 
in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the secretary or in the event of his or her 
inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall 
perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors or the 
stockholders may from time to time prescribe.

5.13  Representation of Shares of Other Corporations

The chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, the president, any vice president, 

the treasurer, the secretary or assistant secretary of this corporation, or any other person 
authorized by the board of directors or the chief executive officer, president or a vice president, is 
authorized to vote, represent, and exercise on behalf of this corporation all rights incident to any 
and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of this corporation.  
The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other 
person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having 
the authority.

5.14  Authority and Duties of Officers

In addition to the foregoing authority and duties, all officers of the corporation shall 

respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of 
the corporation as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors or the 
stockholders.

VI. INDEMNITY

6.1 

Indemnification of Directors and Officers 

The corporation shall, to the maximum extent and in the manner permitted by the General 

Corporation Law of Delaware, indemnify each of its directors and officers against expenses 
(including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines, settlements, and other amounts actually and 
reasonably incurred in connection with any proceeding, arising by reason of the fact that such 
person is or was an agent of the corporation.  For purposes of this section 6.1, a director or 
officer of the corporation includes any person (a) who is or was a director or officer of the 
corporation, (b) who is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, 
manager, member, partner, trustee, or other agent of another corporation, limited liability 
company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or (c) who was a director or officer 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
of a corporation that was a predecessor corporation of the corporation or of another enterprise at 
the request of such predecessor corporation. Such indemnification shall be a contract right and 
shall include the right to receive payment of any expenses incurred by the indemnitee in 
connection with any proceeding in advance of its final disposition, consistent with the provisions 
of applicable law as then in effect. The right of indemnification provided in this section 6.1 shall 
not be exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may otherwise be 
entitled, and the provisions of this section 6.1 shall inure to the benefit of the heirs and legal 
representatives of any person entitled to indemnity under this section 6.1 and shall be applicable 
to proceedings commenced or continuing after the adoption of this section 6.1, whether arising 
from acts or omissions occurring before or after such adoption. In furtherance, but not in 
limitation of the foregoing provisions, the following procedures, presumptions and remedies 
shall apply with respect to advancement of expenses and the right to indemnification under this 
section 6.1.

(a) 

Advancement of Expenses.  All reasonable expenses incurred by or on 

behalf of the indemnitee in connection with any proceeding shall be advanced to the indemnitee 
by the corporation within 30 days after the receipt by the corporation of a statement or statements 
from the indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or 
after final disposition of such proceeding, unless, prior to the expiration of such 30-day period, 
the board of directors shall unanimously (except for the vote, if applicable, of the indemnitee) 
determine that the indemnitee has no reasonable likelihood of being entitled to indemnification 
pursuant to this section 6.1.  Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the expenses 
incurred by the indemnitee and, if required by law at the time of such advance, shall include or 
be accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of the indemnitee to repay the amounts 
advanced if it should ultimately be determined that the indemnitee is not entitled to be 
indemnified against such expenses pursuant to this section 6.1.

(b) 

Procedure for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification.

(i) 

To obtain indemnification under this section 6.1, an indemnitee 

shall submit to the Secretary of the corporation a written request, including such documentation 
and information as is reasonably available to the indemnitee and reasonably necessary to 
determine whether and to what extent the indemnitee is entitled to indemnification (the 
"Supporting Documentation").  The determination of the indemnitee's entitlement to 
indemnification shall be made not later than 60 days after receipt by the corporation of the 
written request for indemnification together with the Supporting Documentation.  The Secretary 
of the corporation shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the 
board of directors in writing that the indemnitee has requested indemnification, whereupon the 
corporation shall provide such indemnification, including without limitation advancement of 
expenses, so long as the indemnitee is legally entitled thereto in accordance with applicable law.

(ii) 

The indemnitee's entitlement to indemnification under this section 
6.1 shall be determined in one of the following ways: (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested 
Directors (as hereinafter defined),  even though less than a quorum of the board of directors; (B) 
by a committee of such Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the board of 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
directors; (C) by a written opinion of Independent Counsel (as hereinafter defined) if (x) a 
Change of Control (as hereinafter defined) shall have occurred and the indemnitee so requests or 
(y) a quorum of the board of directors consisting of Disinterested Directors is not obtainable or, 
even if obtainable, a majority of such Disinterested Directors so directs; (D) by the stockholders 
of the corporation (but only if a majority of the Disinterested Directors, if they constitute a 
quorum of the board of directors, presents the issue of entitlement to indemnification to the 
stockholders for their determination); or (E) as provided in paragraph (c) below.

(iii) 

In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is 

to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to paragraph (b)(ii) above, a majority of the 
Disinterested Directors shall select the Independent Counsel, but only an Independent Counsel to 
which the indemnitee does not reasonably object; provided, however, that if a Change of Control 
shall have occurred, the indemnitee shall select such Independent Counsel, but only an 
Independent Counsel to which the board of directors does not reasonably object.

be made is that such indemnification is prohibited by law.

(iv) 

The only basis upon which a finding that indemnification may not 

(c) 

Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings. Except as otherwise 

expressly provided in this section 6.1, if a Change of Control shall have occurred, the indemnitee 
shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification under this section 6.1 upon submission of a 
request for Indemnification together with the Supporting Documentation in accordance with 
paragraph (b)(i), and thereafter the corporation shall have the burden of proof to overcome that 
presumption in reaching a contrary determination. In any event, if the person or persons 
empowered under paragraph (b)(ii) above to determine entitlement to indemnification shall not 
have been appointed or shall not have made a determination within 60 days after receipt by the 
corporation of the request therefor together with the Supporting Documentation, the indemnitee 
shall be deemed to be entitled to indemnification and the indemnitee shall be entitled to such 
indemnification unless (A) the indemnitee misrepresented or failed to disclose a material fact in 
making the request for indemnification or in the Supporting Documentation or (B) such 
indemnification is prohibited by law. The termination of any proceeding described in this section 
6.1, or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or 
upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, adversely affect the right of 
the indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that the indemnitee did not act in good 
faith and in a manner that the indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best 
interests of the corporation or, with respect to any criminal proceeding, that the indemnitee had 
reasonable cause to believe that the indemnitee's conduct was unlawful.

(d) 

Remedies of Indemnitee.

(i) 

In the event that a determination is made pursuant to paragraph (b)

(ii) that the indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this section 6.1: (A) the 
indemnitee shall be entitled to seek an adjudication of his or her entitlement to such 
indemnification either, at the indemnitee's sole option, in (x) an appropriate court of the State of 
Delaware or any other court of competent jurisdiction, or (y) an arbitration to be conducted by a 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
single arbitrator pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association; (B) any such 
judicial proceeding or arbitration shall be de novo and the indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by 
reason of such adverse determination; and (C) in any such judicial proceeding or arbitration the 
corporation shall have the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to 
indemnification under this section 6.1.

(ii) 

If a determination shall have been made or is deemed to have been 
made, pursuant to paragraph (b)(ii) or (iii), that the indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the 
corporation shall be obligated to pay the amounts constituting such indemnification within five 
days after such determination has been made or is deemed to have been made and shall be 
conclusively bound by such determination unless (A) the indemnitee misrepresented or failed to 
disclose a material fact in making the request for indemnification or in the Supporting 
Documentation, or (B) such indemnification is prohibited by law.  In the event that: (X) 
advancement of expenses is not timely made pursuant to paragraph (a); or (Y) payment of 
indemnification is not made within five days after a determination of entitlement to 
indemnification has been made or deemed to have been made pursuant to paragraph (b)(ii) or 
(iii), the indemnitee shall be entitled to seek judicial enforcement of the corporation's obligation 
to pay to the indemnitee such advancement of expenses or indemnification. Notwithstanding the 
foregoing, the corporation may bring an action, in an appropriate court in the State of Delaware 
or any other court of competent jurisdiction, contesting the right of the indemnitee to receive 
indemnification hereunder due to the occurrence of an event described in subclause (A) or (B) of 
this clause (ii) (a "Disqualifying Event"); provided, however, that in any such action the 
corporation shall have the burden of proving the occurrence of such Disqualifying Event.

(iii) 

The corporation shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial 

proceedings or arbitration commenced pursuant to this paragraph (d) that the procedures and 
presumptions of this section 6.1 are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any 
such court or before any such arbitrator that the corporation is bound by all the provisions of this 
section 6.1.

(iv) 

In the event that the indemnitee, pursuant to this paragraph (d), 

seeks a judicial adjudication of or an award in arbitration to enforce his or her rights under, or to 
recover damages for breach of, this section 6.1, the indemnitee shall be entitled to recover from 
the corporation, and shall be indemnified by the corporation against, any expenses actually and 
reasonably incurred by the indemnitee if the indemnitee prevails in such judicial adjudication or 
arbitration.  If it shall be determined in such judicial adjudication or arbitration that the 
indemnitee is entitled to receive part but not all of the indemnification or advancement of 
expenses sought, the expenses incurred by the indemnitee in connection with such judicial 
adjudication shall be prorated accordingly.

(e) 

Definitions.  For purposes of this section 6.1:

(i) 

"Change in Control" means a change in control of the corporation 

of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of 
Regulation 14A promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
under the Exchange Act), directly or 

"Exchange Act"), whether or not the corporation is then subject to such reporting requirement; 
provided that, without limitation, such a change in control shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) 
any "person" (as such term is used in sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or 
becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 
indirectly, of securities of the corporation representing 25% or more of the combined voting 
power of the corporation's then outstanding securities without the prior approval of at least a 
majority of the members of the board of directors in office immediately prior to such acquisition; 
(ii) the corporation is a party to a merger, consolidation, sale of assets or other reorganization, or 
a proxy contest, as a consequence of which members of the board of directors in office 
immediately prior to such transaction or event constitute less than a majority of the board of 
directors thereafter; or (iii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the 
beginning of such period constituted the board of directors (including for this purpose any new 
director whose election or nomination for election by the corporation's stockholders was 
approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then still in office who were directors at 
the beginning of such period) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the board of 
directors.

not a party to the proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by the indemnitee.

(ii) 

"Disinterested Director" means a director of the corporation who is 

(iii) 

"Independent Counsel" means a law firm or a member of a law 
firm that neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (A) the 
corporation or the indemnitee in any matter material to either such party or (B) any other party to 
the proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification under this section 6.1.  Notwithstanding 
the foregoing, the term "Independent Counsel" shall not include any person who, under the 
applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing under such persons relevant 
jurisdiction of practice, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the corporation or 
the indemnitee in an action to determine the indemnitee's rights under this section 6.1.

(f) 

Invalidity; Severability; Interpretation. If any provision or provisions of 

this section 6.1 shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (i) 
the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this section 6.1 (including, 
without limitation, all portions of any paragraph of this section 6.1 containing any such provision 
held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal or 
unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (ii) to the fullest extent 
possible, the provisions of this section 6.1 (including, without limitation, all portions of any 
paragraph of this section 6.1 containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or 
unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid; illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as 
to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable. 
Reference herein to laws, regulations or agencies shall be deemed to include all amendments 
thereof, substitutions therefor and successors thereto.

6.2 

Indemnification of Others

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The corporation shall have the power, to the extent and in the manner permitted by the 
General Corporation Law of Delaware, to indemnify each of its employees and agents (other 
than directors and officers) against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines, 
settlements, and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any 
proceeding, arising by reason of the fact that such person is or was an agent of the corporation.  
For purposes of this section 6.2, an employee or agent of the corporation (other than a director or 
officer) includes any person (a) who is or was an employee or agent of the corporation, (b) who 
is or was serving at the request of the corporation as an a director, officer, manager, member, 
partner, trustee, employee or other agent of another corporation, limited liability company, 
partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or (c) who was an employee or agent of a 
corporation that was a predecessor corporation of the corporation or of another enterprise at the 
request of such predecessor corporation.

6.3 

Insurance

The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or 

was a director, officer, manager, member, partner, trustee, employee or other agent of the 
corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee 
or agent of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or 
other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such 
capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the 
power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of the General Corporation 
Law of Delaware.

VII. RECORDS AND REPORTS

7.1  Maintenance and Inspection of Records

The corporation shall, either at its principal executive office or at such place or places as 

designated by the board of directors, keep a record of its stockholders listing their names and 
addresses and the number and class of shares held by each stockholder, a copy of these bylaws as 
amended to date, accounting books, and other records.

Any stockholder of record, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall, upon written 

demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours for business 
to inspect for any proper purpose the corporation's stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its 
other books and records and to make copies or extracts therefrom.  A proper purpose shall mean 
a purpose reasonably related to such person's interest as a stockholder.  In every instance where 
an attorney or other agent is the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand under oath 
shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing that authorizes the attorney or 
other agent to so act on behalf of the stockholder.  The demand under oath shall be directed to the 
corporation at its registered office in Delaware or at its principal place of business.

 
 
 
 
 
 
Any records maintained by a corporation in the regular course of its business, including 
its stock ledger, books of account, and minute books, may be kept on, or by means of, or be in 
the form of, any information storage device or method, provided that the records so kept can be 
converted into clearly legible paper form within a reasonable time.  Any corporation shall so 
convert any records so kept upon the request of any person entitled to inspect such records 
pursuant to any provision of the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the General 
Corporation Law of Delaware.  When records are kept in such manner, a clearly legible paper 
from or by means of the information storage device or method shall be admissible in evidence, 
and accepted for all other purposes, to the same extent as an original paper record of the same 
information would have been, provided the paper form accurately portrays the record.

7.2 

Inspection by Directors

Any director shall have the right to examine the corporation's stock ledger, a list of its 

stockholders, and its other books and records for a purpose reasonably related to his or her 
position as a director.  The Court of Chancery is hereby vested with the exclusive jurisdiction to 
determine whether a director is entitled to the inspection sought.  The Court may summarily 
order the corporation to permit the director to inspect any and all books and records, the stock 
ledger, and the stock list and to make copies or extracts therefrom.  The Court may, in its 
discretion, prescribe any limitations or conditions with reference to the inspection, or award such 
other and further relief as the Court may deem just and proper.

7.3 

Annual Statement to Stockholders

The board of directors shall present at each annual meeting, and at any special meeting of 

the stockholders when called for by vote of the stockholders, a full and clear statement of the 
business and condition of the corporation.

VIII. GENERAL MATTERS

8.1 

Checks

From time to time, the board of directors shall determine by resolution which person or 

persons may sign or endorse all checks, drafts, other orders for payment of money, notes or other 
evidences of indebtedness that are issued in the name of or payable to the corporation, and only 
the persons so authorized shall sign or endorse those instruments.

8.2 

Execution of Corporate Contracts and Instruments

The board of directors, except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, may authorize any 
officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the 
name of and on behalf of the corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific 
instances.  Unless so authorized or ratified by the board of directors or within the agency power 
of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any 
purpose or for any amount.

8.3 

Stock Certificates; Partly Paid Shares

The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the board 
of directors of the corporation may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or 
all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares.  Any such resolution shall not apply 
to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation.  
Notwithstanding the adoption of such a resolution by the board of directors, every holder of 
stock represented by certificates and upon request every holder of uncertificated shares shall be 
entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by the chairman or vice-
chairman of the board of directors, or the president or vice president, and by the treasurer or an 
assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of such corporation representing the 
number of shares registered in certificate form.  Any or all of the signatures on the certificate 
may be a facsimile.  In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose 
facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent 
or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same 
effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

The corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to 

call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor.  Upon the face or back of each 
stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, and upon the books and records 
of the corporation in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the 
consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated.  Upon the 
declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the corporation shall declare a dividend upon 
partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the 
consideration actually paid thereon.

8.4 

Special Designation on Certificates

If the corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one 

series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, 
participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the 
qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full 
or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent 
such class or series of stock; provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided in 
section 202 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing requirements 
there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to 
represent such class or series of stock a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge 
to each stockholder who so requests the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the 
relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and 
the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

 
 
 
 
 
8.5 

Lost Certificates

Except as provided in this section 8.5, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to 

replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the corporation and 
cancelled at the same time.  The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or 
uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been 
lost, stolen or destroyed, and the corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or 
destroyed certificate, or his or her legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient 
to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft 
or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated 
shares.

8.6 

Construction; Definitions

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and 

definitions in the Delaware General Corporation Law shall govern the construction of these 
bylaws.  Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the 
plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term "person" includes both a corporation 
and a natural person.

8.7 

Dividends

The directors of the corporation, subject to any rights or restrictions contained in the 

certificate of incorporation, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of its capital stock 
pursuant to the General Corporation Law of Delaware.  Dividends may be paid in cash, in 
property, or in shares of the corporation's capital stock.

The directors of the corporation may set apart out of any of the funds of the corporation 
available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such 
reserve.  Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or 
maintaining any property of the corporation, and meeting contingencies.

8.8 

Fiscal Year

The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the board of directors 

and may be changed by the board of directors.

8.9 

Seal

The corporation may adopt a corporate seal which may be altered as desired, and may use 

the same by causing it or a facsimile thereof, to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner 
reproduced.  

8.10  Transfer of Stock

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate 

for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or 
authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person 
entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate, and record the transaction in its books.

8.11  Stock Transfer Agreements and Restrictions

The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any 
number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the 
transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such 
stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the General Corporation Law of Delaware. 

8.12  Electronic Transmission

For purposes of these bylaws, “electronic transmission” means any form of 

communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record 
that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly 
reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

8.13  Exclusive Forum

Unless the corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the 
sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the 
corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director 
or officer or other employee of the corporation to the corporation or the corporation’s 
stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the corporation or any director or officer 
or other employee of the corporation arising pursuant to any provision of the General 
Corporation Law of Delaware or the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws (as either may 
be amended from time to time), and (iv) any action asserting a claim against the corporation or 
any director or officer or other employee of the corporation governed by the internal affairs 
doctrine, in each case, shall be the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of 
Chancery does not have jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware). Any 
person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the 
corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Section.

IX. AMENDMENTS

The original or other bylaws of the corporation may be adopted, amended or repealed by 
the stockholders entitled to vote; provided, however, that the corporation may, in its certificate of 
incorporation, confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws upon the directors.  The fact 
that such power has been so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the 
power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X. DISSOLUTION

If it should be deemed advisable in the judgment of the board of directors of the 
corporation that the corporation should be dissolved, the board, after the adoption of a resolution 
to that effect by a majority of the whole board at any meeting called for that purpose, shall cause 
notice to be mailed to each stockholder entitled to vote thereon of the adoption of the resolution 
and of a meeting of stockholders to take action upon the resolution.

At the meeting a vote shall be taken for and against the proposed dissolution.  If holders 
of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of stock of the corporation entitled to 
vote thereon vote for the proposed dissolution, then a certificate stating that the dissolution has 
been authorized in accordance with the provisions of section 275 of the General Corporation 
Law of Delaware and setting forth the names and residences of the directors and officers shall be 
executed, acknowledged, and filed and shall become effective in accordance with section 103 of 
the General Corporation Law of Delaware.  Upon such certificate's becoming effective in 
accordance with section 103 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, the corporation shall 
be dissolved.

Whenever all the stockholders entitled to vote on a dissolution consent in writing, either 

in person or by duly authorized attorney, to a dissolution, no meeting of directors or stockholders 
shall be necessary.  The consent shall be filed and shall become effective in accordance with 
section 103 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.  Upon such consent's becoming 
effective in accordance with Section 103 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, the 
corporation shall be dissolved.  If the consent is signed by an attorney, then the original power of 
attorney or a photocopy thereof shall be attached to and filed with the consent.  The consent filed 
with the Secretary of State shall have attached to it the affidavit of the secretary or some other 
officer of the corporation stating that the consent has been signed by or on behalf of all the 
stockholders entitled to vote on a dissolution; in addition, there shall be attached to the consent a 
certification by the secretary or some other officer of the corporation setting forth the names and 
residences of the directors and officers of the corporation.

XI. CUSTODIAN

11.1  Appointment of a Custodian in Certain Cases

The Court of Chancery, upon application of any stockholder, may appoint one or more 

persons to be custodians and, if the corporation is insolvent, to be receivers, of and for the 
corporation when:

(a) 

at any meeting held for the election of directors the stockholders are so 

divided that they have failed to elect successors to directors whose terms have expired or would 
have expired upon qualification of their successors; or

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b) 

the business of the corporation is suffering or is threatened with 

irreparable injury because the directors are so divided respecting the management of the affairs 
of the corporation that the required vote for action by the board of directors cannot be obtained 
and the stockholders are unable to terminate this division; or

(c) 

the corporation has abandoned its business and has failed within a 

reasonable time to take steps to dissolve, liquidate or distribute its assets.

11.2  Duties of Custodian

The custodian shall have all the powers and title of a receiver appointed under 

section 291 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, but the authority of the custodian shall 
be to continue the business of the corporation and not to liquidate its affairs and distribute its 
assets, except when the Court of Chancery otherwise orders and except in cases arising under 
sections 226(a)(3) or 352(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

* 

* 

* 

* 

*

 
 
 
 
 
 
Subsidiaries of Globus Medical, Inc. 

EXHIBIT 21.1

The following is a list of our subsidiaries as of December 31, 2015.  Certain subsidiaries are not 

named because they were not significant in the aggregate.

Subsidiary
GMEDelaware 1 LLC

GMEDelaware 2 LLC

Globus Medical North America, Inc.

Branch Medical Group, LLC

Transplant Technologies of Texas, Ltd.

Human Biologics of Texas, Ltd.

Tissue Transplant Technology, Ltd.

Globus Medical India Private Limited

Globus Medical SARL

Globus Medical South Africa Pty Limited

Globus Medical Poland Sp. z o.o.

Globus Medical Australia Pty Limited

Globus Medical UK Limited

Globus Medical Belgium BVBA

Globus Medical Germany GmbH

Globus Medical Denmark ApS

Globus Medical Sweden AB

Globus Medical Israel Limited

Globus Medical France SARL

Globus Medical Netherlands B.V.

Globus Medical Austria GmbH

Globus Medical Japan GK

Jurisdiction
Delaware

Delaware

Pennsylvania

Delaware

Texas

Texas

Texas

India

Switzerland

South Africa

Poland

Australia

United Kingdom

Belgium

Germany

Denmark

Sweden

Israel

France

Netherlands

Austria

Japan

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

EXHIBIT 23.1

We have issued our reports dated February 29, 2016, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and 
schedule, as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015, and internal control over financial reporting included in 
the Annual Report of Globus Medical, Inc. and subsidiaries on Form 10- K for the year ended December 31, 2015.  
We consent to the incorporation by reference of said reports in the Registration Statements of Globus Medical, Inc. 
on Forms S-8 (File No. 333-184196 and 333-198698).

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 
February 29, 2016 

EXHIBIT 23.2

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Board of Directors 
Globus Medical, Inc.: 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement (Nos. 333-184196 and 
333-198698) on Form S-8 of Globus Medical, Inc. of our report dated February 26, 2015, with respect to 
the consolidated balance sheet of Globus Medical, Inc. as of December 31, 2014, and the related consolidated 
statements of income, comprehensive income, equity and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year 
period ended December 31, 2014, and the related financial statement schedule for the years ended December 
31, 2014 and 2013, which report appears in the December 31, 2015 Annual Report on Form 10-K of Globus 
Medical, Inc.  

/s/ KPMG LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 
February 29, 2016 

EXHIBIT 31.1

Certification By Principal Executive Officer
Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, David C. Paul, certify that:

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Globus Medical, Inc.;

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material 
fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not 
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly 
present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows of the registrant as of, and 
for, the periods presented in this report;

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and 
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e)) and 15d-15(e) and internal control over financial reporting 
(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) 

b) 

c) 

d) 

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be 
designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its 
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period 
in which this report is being prepared;

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial 
reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with 
generally accepted accounting principles;

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report 
our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period 
covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred 
during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual 
report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control 
over financial reporting; and

5. 

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control 
over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or 
persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) 

b) 

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over 
financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, 
summarize, and report financial information; and

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role 
in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 29, 2016

/s/ DAVID C. PAUL
David C. Paul
Chairman
Chief Executive Officer

 
EXHIBIT 31.2

Certification By Principal Financial Officer
Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Daniel T. Scavilla, certify that:

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Globus Medical, Inc.;

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material 
fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not 
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly 
present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows of the registrant as of, and 
for, the periods presented in this report;

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and 
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting 
(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) 

b) 

c) 

d) 

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be 
designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its 
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period 
in which this report is being prepared;

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial 
reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with 
generally accepted accounting principles;

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report 
our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period 
covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred 
during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual 
report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control 
over financial reporting; and

5. 

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control 
over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or 
persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) 

b) 

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over 
financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, 
summarize, and report financial information; and

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role 
in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 29, 2016

/s/ DANIEL T. SCAVILLA
Daniel T. Scavilla
Senior Vice President
Chief Financial Officer

 
 
Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted
Pursuant to Section 906 of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

EXHIBIT 32

Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 
of the United States Code), David C. Paul, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and Daniel T. Scavilla, 
President and Chief Operating Officer of Globus Medical, Inc. (the “Company”), each certifies with respect 
to the Annual Report of the Company on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2015 (the “Report”) 
that, to the best of his knowledge:

(1) 

(2) 

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934; and

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition 
and results of operations of the Company.

Dated: February 29, 2016

Dated: February 29, 2016

/s/ DAVID C. PAUL
David C. Paul
Chairman
Chief Executive Officer

/s/ DANIEL T. SCAVILLA
Daniel T. Scavilla
Senior Vice President
Chief Financial Officer

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 
2002 (Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code) and is not being filed as part of the 
Report or as a separate disclosure document.